1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0. When the 29 * character occupies two display cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 30 * ScreenLinesC1[] and ScreenLinesC2[] contain up to two composing characters 31 * (drawn on top of the first character). They are 0 when not used. 32 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 33 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 34 * 35 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 36 * ScreenLines[]. 37 * 38 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 39 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 40 * called from other places when an immediated screen update is needed. 41 * 42 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 43 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 44 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line) 45 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 46 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 47 * 48 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 49 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 50 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 51 * 52 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 53 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 54 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 55 * later. 56 * 57 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 58 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 59 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 60 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 61 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 62 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 63 * 64 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 65 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 66 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 67 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 68 * 69 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 70 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 71 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 72 * 73 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 74 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 75 * 76 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 77 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 78 * 79 * Things that are handled indirectly: 80 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 81 * update_screen() called to redraw. 82 */ 83 84 #include "vim.h" 85 86 /* 87 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 88 */ 89 static int screen_attr = 0; 90 91 /* 92 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 93 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 94 */ 95 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 96 97 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 98 /* 99 * Struct used for highlighting 'hlsearch' matches for the last use search 100 * pattern or a ":match" item. 101 * For 'hlsearch' there is one pattern for all windows. For ":match" there is 102 * a different pattern for each window. 103 */ 104 typedef struct 105 { 106 regmmatch_T rm; /* points to the regexp program; contains last found 107 match (may continue in next line) */ 108 buf_T *buf; /* the buffer to search for a match */ 109 linenr_T lnum; /* the line to search for a match */ 110 int attr; /* attributes to be used for a match */ 111 int attr_cur; /* attributes currently active in win_line() */ 112 linenr_T first_lnum; /* first lnum to search for multi-line pat */ 113 colnr_T startcol; /* in win_line() points to char where HL starts */ 114 colnr_T endcol; /* in win_line() points to char where HL ends */ 115 } match_T; 116 117 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 118 static match_T match_hl; /* used for ":match" highlight matching */ 119 #endif 120 121 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 122 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 123 #endif 124 125 /* 126 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 127 */ 128 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 129 130 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 131 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, enum hlf_value hl)); 132 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 133 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); 134 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); 135 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); 136 #endif 137 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int)); 138 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); 139 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 140 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); 141 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) 142 #else 143 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); 144 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) 145 #endif 146 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 147 static void rl_mirror __ARGS((char_u *str)); 148 #endif 149 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 150 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); 151 #endif 152 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 153 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); 154 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); 155 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); 156 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol)); 157 #endif 158 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); 159 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); 160 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 161 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); 162 #endif 163 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); 164 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); 165 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); 166 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 167 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); 168 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); 169 #endif 170 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); 171 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 172 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); 173 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 174 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); 175 #endif 176 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 177 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); 178 #endif 179 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 180 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int Ruler)); 181 #endif 182 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 183 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); 184 #endif 185 186 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 187 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 188 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 189 #endif 190 191 /* 192 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 193 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 194 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 195 */ 196 void 197 redraw_later(type) 198 int type; 199 { 200 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 201 } 202 203 void 204 redraw_win_later(wp, type) 205 win_T *wp; 206 int type; 207 { 208 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) 209 { 210 wp->w_redr_type = type; 211 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 212 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 213 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 214 must_redraw = type; 215 } 216 } 217 218 /* 219 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 220 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 221 */ 222 void 223 redraw_later_clear() 224 { 225 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 226 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE; 227 } 228 229 /* 230 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 231 */ 232 void 233 redraw_all_later(type) 234 int type; 235 { 236 win_T *wp; 237 238 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 239 { 240 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 241 } 242 } 243 244 /* 245 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 246 */ 247 void 248 redraw_curbuf_later(type) 249 int type; 250 { 251 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 252 } 253 254 void 255 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) 256 buf_T *buf; 257 int type; 258 { 259 win_T *wp; 260 261 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 262 { 263 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 264 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 265 } 266 } 267 268 /* 269 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 270 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 271 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 272 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 273 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 274 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 275 */ 276 /*ARGSUSED*/ 277 void 278 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) 279 linenr_T lnum; 280 int invalid; /* window line height is invalid now */ 281 { 282 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 283 int i; 284 #endif 285 286 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 287 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 288 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 289 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 290 redraw_later(VALID); 291 292 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 293 if (invalid) 294 { 295 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 296 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 297 if (i >= 0) 298 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 299 } 300 #endif 301 } 302 303 /* 304 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer 305 */ 306 void 307 update_curbuf(type) 308 int type; 309 { 310 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 311 update_screen(type); 312 } 313 314 /* 315 * update_screen() 316 * 317 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 318 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 319 */ 320 void 321 update_screen(type) 322 int type; 323 { 324 win_T *wp; 325 static int did_intro = FALSE; 326 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 327 int did_one; 328 #endif 329 330 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 331 return; 332 333 if (must_redraw) 334 { 335 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 336 type = must_redraw; 337 must_redraw = 0; 338 } 339 340 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 341 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 342 type = NOT_VALID; 343 344 if (!redrawing()) 345 { 346 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 347 must_redraw = type; 348 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 349 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 350 return; 351 } 352 353 updating_screen = TRUE; 354 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 355 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 356 * display updating */ 357 #endif 358 359 /* 360 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 361 */ 362 if (msg_scrolled) 363 { 364 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 365 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 366 type = CLEAR; 367 else if (type != CLEAR) 368 { 369 check_for_delay(FALSE); 370 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 371 type = CLEAR; 372 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 373 { 374 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 375 { 376 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 377 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 378 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 379 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 380 { 381 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 382 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 383 } 384 else 385 { 386 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 387 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 388 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) 389 <= msg_scrolled) 390 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 391 #endif 392 } 393 } 394 } 395 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 396 } 397 msg_scrolled = 0; 398 need_wait_return = FALSE; 399 } 400 401 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 402 compute_cmdrow(); 403 404 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 405 if (need_highlight_changed) 406 highlight_changed(); 407 408 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 409 { 410 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 411 type = NOT_VALID; 412 } 413 414 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 415 check_for_delay(FALSE); 416 417 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 418 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */ 419 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 420 && curwin->w_nrwidth != number_width(curwin)) 421 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 422 #endif 423 424 /* 425 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 426 */ 427 if (type == INVERTED) 428 update_curswant(); 429 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 430 && !((type == VALID 431 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 432 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 433 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 434 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 435 #endif 436 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 437 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 438 || (type == INVERTED 439 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 440 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 441 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 442 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 443 #endif 444 )) 445 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 446 447 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 448 /* 449 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 450 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 451 */ 452 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 453 { 454 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 455 { 456 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 457 win_T *wwp; 458 459 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 460 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 461 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 462 break; 463 # endif 464 if ( 465 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 466 wwp == wp && 467 # endif 468 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer)) 469 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 470 } 471 } 472 #endif 473 474 /* 475 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 476 * it. 477 */ 478 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 479 did_one = FALSE; 480 #endif 481 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 482 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 483 #endif 484 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 485 { 486 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 487 { 488 cursor_off(); 489 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 490 if (!did_one) 491 { 492 did_one = TRUE; 493 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 494 start_search_hl(); 495 # endif 496 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 497 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 498 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) 499 clip_update_selection(); 500 # endif 501 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 502 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 503 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 504 * it. */ 505 if (gui.in_use) 506 gui_undraw_cursor(); 507 #endif 508 } 509 #endif 510 win_update(wp); 511 } 512 513 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 514 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 515 if (wp->w_redr_status) 516 { 517 cursor_off(); 518 win_redr_status(wp); 519 } 520 #endif 521 } 522 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 523 end_search_hl(); 524 #endif 525 526 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 527 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 528 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 529 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) 530 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 531 #else 532 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 533 #endif 534 535 updating_screen = FALSE; 536 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 537 gui_may_resize_shell(); 538 #endif 539 540 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 541 * mess up the command line. */ 542 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 543 showmode(); 544 545 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 546 if (!did_intro && bufempty() 547 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL 548 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 549 && firstwin->w_next == NULL 550 #endif 551 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL) 552 intro_message(FALSE); 553 did_intro = TRUE; 554 555 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 556 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 557 * done. */ 558 if (gui.in_use) 559 { 560 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 561 if (did_one) 562 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 563 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 564 } 565 #endif 566 } 567 568 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) 569 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); 570 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); 571 572 /* 573 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 574 */ 575 static void 576 update_prepare() 577 { 578 cursor_off(); 579 updating_screen = TRUE; 580 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 581 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 582 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 583 if (gui.in_use) 584 gui_undraw_cursor(); 585 #endif 586 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 587 start_search_hl(); 588 #endif 589 } 590 591 /* 592 * Finish updating one or more windows. 593 */ 594 static void 595 update_finish() 596 { 597 if (redraw_cmdline) 598 showmode(); 599 600 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 601 end_search_hl(); 602 # endif 603 604 updating_screen = FALSE; 605 606 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 607 gui_may_resize_shell(); 608 609 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 610 * done. */ 611 if (gui.in_use) 612 { 613 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 614 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 615 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 616 } 617 # endif 618 } 619 #endif 620 621 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 622 void 623 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) 624 buf_T *buf; 625 linenr_T lnum; 626 { 627 win_T *wp; 628 int doit = FALSE; 629 630 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 631 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 632 # endif 633 634 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 635 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 636 { 637 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 638 { 639 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 640 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 641 { 642 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 643 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 644 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 645 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 646 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 647 } 648 } 649 else 650 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 651 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 652 doit = TRUE; 653 } 654 655 if (!doit) 656 return; 657 658 /* update all windows that need updating */ 659 update_prepare(); 660 661 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 662 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 663 { 664 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 665 win_update(wp); 666 if (wp->w_redr_status) 667 win_redr_status(wp); 668 } 669 # else 670 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) 671 win_update(curwin); 672 # endif 673 674 update_finish(); 675 } 676 #endif 677 678 679 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 680 /* 681 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 682 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 683 */ 684 void 685 updateWindow(wp) 686 win_T *wp; 687 { 688 update_prepare(); 689 690 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 691 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 692 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) 693 clip_update_selection(); 694 #endif 695 win_update(wp); 696 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 697 if (wp->w_redr_status 698 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 699 || p_ru 700 # endif 701 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 702 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 703 # endif 704 ) 705 win_redr_status(wp); 706 #endif 707 708 update_finish(); 709 } 710 #endif 711 712 /* 713 * Update a single window. 714 * 715 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 716 * screen or scrolling lines). 717 * 718 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 719 * implies the one below it. 720 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 721 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 722 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 723 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 724 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 725 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 726 * 3. redraw changed text: 727 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 728 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 729 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 730 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 731 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 732 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 733 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 734 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 735 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 736 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 737 */ 738 static void 739 win_update(wp) 740 win_T *wp; 741 { 742 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 743 int type; 744 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 745 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 746 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 747 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 748 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 749 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 750 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 751 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 752 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 753 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 754 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 755 #endif 756 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 757 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 758 #endif 759 760 int row; /* current window row to display */ 761 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 762 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 763 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 764 765 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 766 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 767 int i; 768 long j; 769 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 770 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 771 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 772 long fold_count; 773 #endif 774 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 775 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 776 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 777 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 778 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 779 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 780 int did_update = DID_NONE; 781 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 782 #endif 783 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 784 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 785 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 786 int save_got_int; 787 #endif 788 789 type = wp->w_redr_type; 790 791 if (type == NOT_VALID) 792 { 793 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 794 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 795 #endif 796 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 797 } 798 799 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 800 if (wp->w_height == 0) 801 { 802 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 803 return; 804 } 805 806 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 807 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 808 if (wp->w_width == 0) 809 { 810 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 811 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 812 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 813 return; 814 } 815 #endif 816 817 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 818 /* Setup for ":match" highlighting. Disable any previous match */ 819 match_hl.rm = wp->w_match; 820 if (wp->w_match_id == 0) 821 match_hl.attr = 0; 822 else 823 match_hl.attr = syn_id2attr(wp->w_match_id); 824 match_hl.buf = buf; 825 match_hl.lnum = 0; 826 search_hl.buf = buf; 827 search_hl.lnum = 0; 828 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 829 #endif 830 831 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 832 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */ 833 i = number_width(curwin); 834 if (curwin->w_nrwidth != i) 835 { 836 type = NOT_VALID; 837 curwin->w_nrwidth = i; 838 } 839 else 840 #endif 841 842 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 843 { 844 /* 845 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 846 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 847 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 848 */ 849 type = NOT_VALID; 850 } 851 else 852 { 853 /* 854 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 855 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 856 */ 857 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 858 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 859 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 860 else 861 mod_bot = 0; 862 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 863 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 864 if (buf->b_mod_set) 865 { 866 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 867 { 868 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 869 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 870 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 871 * in a pattern match. */ 872 if (syntax_present(buf)) 873 { 874 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 875 if (mod_top < 1) 876 mod_top = 1; 877 } 878 #endif 879 } 880 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 881 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 882 883 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 884 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 885 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 886 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 887 * lines above the change. 888 * Same for a ":match" pattern. 889 */ 890 if ((search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 891 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 892 || (match_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 893 && re_multiline(match_hl.rm.regprog))) 894 top_to_mod = TRUE; 895 #endif 896 } 897 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 898 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 899 { 900 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 901 902 /* 903 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 904 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 905 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 906 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 907 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 908 */ 909 910 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 911 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 912 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 913 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 914 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 915 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 916 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 917 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 918 { 919 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 920 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 921 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 922 { 923 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 924 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 925 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 926 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 927 ++lnumb; 928 } 929 } 930 931 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 932 if (mod_top > lnumt) 933 mod_top = lnumt; 934 935 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 936 --mod_bot; 937 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 938 ++mod_bot; 939 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 940 mod_bot = lnumb; 941 } 942 #endif 943 944 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 945 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 946 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 947 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 948 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 949 { 950 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 951 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 952 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 953 else if (syntax_present(buf)) 954 top_end = 1; 955 #endif 956 } 957 958 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 959 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 960 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 961 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 962 } 963 964 /* 965 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 966 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 967 */ 968 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 969 { 970 j = 0; 971 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 972 { 973 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 974 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 975 { 976 top_end = j; 977 break; 978 } 979 } 980 if (top_end == 0) 981 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 982 type = NOT_VALID; 983 else 984 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 985 type = VALID; 986 } 987 988 /* 989 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 990 * handle three cases: 991 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 992 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 993 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 994 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 995 */ 996 if ((type == VALID || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 997 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 998 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 999 #endif 1000 ) 1001 { 1002 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1003 { 1004 /* 1005 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1006 * further down. 1007 */ 1008 } 1009 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1010 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1011 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1012 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1013 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1014 #endif 1015 )) 1016 { 1017 /* 1018 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1019 */ 1020 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1021 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1022 { 1023 linenr_T ln; 1024 1025 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1026 * of folded lines as one */ 1027 j = 0; 1028 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1029 { 1030 ++j; 1031 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1032 break; 1033 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1034 } 1035 } 1036 else 1037 #endif 1038 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1039 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1040 { 1041 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1042 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1043 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1044 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1045 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1046 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1047 #endif 1048 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1049 { 1050 /* 1051 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1052 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1053 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1054 */ 1055 if (i > 0) 1056 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1057 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1058 { 1059 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1060 { 1061 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1062 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1063 top_end = i; 1064 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 1065 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1066 #endif 1067 1068 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1069 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1070 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1071 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1072 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1073 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1074 while (idx >= 0) 1075 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1076 } 1077 } 1078 else 1079 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1080 } 1081 else 1082 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1083 } 1084 else 1085 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1086 } 1087 else 1088 { 1089 /* 1090 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1091 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1092 * needs updating. 1093 */ 1094 1095 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1096 j = -1; 1097 row = 0; 1098 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1099 { 1100 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1101 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1102 { 1103 j = i; 1104 break; 1105 } 1106 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1107 } 1108 if (j == -1) 1109 { 1110 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1111 * lines */ 1112 mid_start = 0; 1113 } 1114 else 1115 { 1116 /* 1117 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1118 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1119 */ 1120 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1121 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1122 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1123 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1124 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1125 else 1126 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1127 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1128 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1129 #endif 1130 if (row > 0) 1131 { 1132 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1133 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1134 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1135 else 1136 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1137 } 1138 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1139 { 1140 /* 1141 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1142 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1143 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1144 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1145 */ 1146 bot_start = 0; 1147 idx = 0; 1148 for (;;) 1149 { 1150 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1151 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1152 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1153 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1154 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1155 { 1156 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1157 break; 1158 } 1159 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1160 1161 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1162 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1163 { 1164 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1165 break; 1166 } 1167 } 1168 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1169 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1170 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1171 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1172 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1173 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1174 + wp->w_topfill; 1175 #endif 1176 } 1177 } 1178 } 1179 1180 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1181 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1182 * first. */ 1183 if (mid_start == 0) 1184 { 1185 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1186 if (lastwin == firstwin) 1187 screenclear(); 1188 } 1189 } 1190 else 1191 { 1192 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1193 mid_start = 0; 1194 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1195 } 1196 1197 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 1198 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1199 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1200 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1201 { 1202 linenr_T from, to; 1203 1204 if (VIsual_active) 1205 { 1206 if (VIsual_active 1207 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1208 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1209 { 1210 /* 1211 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1212 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1213 * gained or lost. 1214 */ 1215 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1216 { 1217 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1218 to = VIsual.lnum; 1219 } 1220 else 1221 { 1222 from = VIsual.lnum; 1223 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1224 } 1225 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1226 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1227 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1228 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1229 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1230 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1231 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1232 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1233 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1234 } 1235 else 1236 { 1237 /* 1238 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1239 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1240 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1241 */ 1242 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1243 { 1244 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1245 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1246 } 1247 else 1248 { 1249 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1250 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1251 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1252 from = to; 1253 } 1254 1255 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1256 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1257 { 1258 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1259 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1260 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1261 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1262 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1263 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1264 from = VIsual.lnum; 1265 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1266 to = VIsual.lnum; 1267 } 1268 } 1269 1270 /* 1271 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1272 * update all lines. 1273 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1274 */ 1275 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1276 { 1277 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1278 1279 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1280 ++toc; 1281 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1282 toc = MAXCOL; 1283 1284 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1285 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1286 { 1287 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1288 from = VIsual.lnum; 1289 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1290 to = VIsual.lnum; 1291 } 1292 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1293 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1294 } 1295 } 1296 else 1297 { 1298 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1299 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1300 { 1301 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1302 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1303 } 1304 else 1305 { 1306 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1307 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1308 } 1309 } 1310 1311 /* 1312 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1313 */ 1314 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1315 from = wp->w_topline; 1316 1317 /* 1318 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1319 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1320 */ 1321 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1322 { 1323 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1324 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1325 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1326 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1327 } 1328 1329 /* 1330 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1331 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1332 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1333 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1334 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1335 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1336 * mid_end (in srow). 1337 */ 1338 if (mid_start > 0) 1339 { 1340 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1341 idx = 0; 1342 srow = 0; 1343 if (scrolled_down) 1344 mid_start = top_end; 1345 else 1346 mid_start = 0; 1347 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1348 { 1349 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1350 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1351 else if (!scrolled_down) 1352 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1353 ++idx; 1354 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1355 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1356 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1357 else 1358 # endif 1359 ++lnum; 1360 } 1361 srow += mid_start; 1362 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1363 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1364 { 1365 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1366 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1367 { 1368 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1369 mid_end = srow; 1370 break; 1371 } 1372 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1373 } 1374 } 1375 } 1376 1377 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1378 { 1379 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1380 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1381 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1382 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1383 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1384 } 1385 else 1386 { 1387 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1388 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1389 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1390 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1391 } 1392 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ 1393 1394 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1395 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1396 save_got_int = got_int; 1397 got_int = 0; 1398 #endif 1399 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1400 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1401 #endif 1402 1403 /* 1404 * Update all the window rows. 1405 */ 1406 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1407 row = 0; 1408 srow = 0; 1409 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1410 for (;;) 1411 { 1412 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1413 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1414 if (row == wp->w_height) 1415 { 1416 didline = TRUE; 1417 break; 1418 } 1419 1420 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1421 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1422 { 1423 eof = TRUE; 1424 break; 1425 } 1426 1427 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1428 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1429 srow = row; 1430 1431 /* 1432 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1433 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1434 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1435 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1436 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1437 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1438 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1439 */ 1440 if (row < top_end 1441 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1442 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1443 || top_to_mod 1444 #endif 1445 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1446 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1447 || (mod_top != 0 1448 && (lnum == mod_top 1449 || (lnum >= mod_top 1450 && (lnum < mod_bot 1451 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1452 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1453 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1454 && syntax_present(buf) 1455 && ( 1456 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1457 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1458 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1459 # endif 1460 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1461 #endif 1462 ))))) 1463 { 1464 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1465 if (lnum == mod_top) 1466 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1467 #endif 1468 1469 /* 1470 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1471 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1472 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1473 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$". 1474 */ 1475 if (lnum == mod_top 1476 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1477 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1478 { 1479 int old_rows = 0; 1480 int new_rows = 0; 1481 int xtra_rows; 1482 linenr_T l; 1483 1484 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1485 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1486 * currently displayed. */ 1487 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1488 { 1489 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1490 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1491 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1492 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1493 break; 1494 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1495 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1496 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1497 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1498 { 1499 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1500 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1501 ++i; 1502 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1503 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1504 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1505 break; 1506 } 1507 #endif 1508 } 1509 1510 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1511 { 1512 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1513 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1514 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1515 bot_start = 0; 1516 } 1517 else 1518 { 1519 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1520 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1521 j = idx; 1522 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1523 { 1524 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1525 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1526 ++new_rows; 1527 else 1528 #endif 1529 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1530 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1531 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1532 + wp->w_topfill; 1533 else 1534 #endif 1535 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1536 ++j; 1537 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1538 { 1539 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1540 new_rows = 9999; 1541 break; 1542 } 1543 } 1544 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1545 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1546 { 1547 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1548 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1549 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1550 * below the scrolled text. */ 1551 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1552 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1553 else 1554 { 1555 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1556 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1557 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1558 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1559 else 1560 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1561 } 1562 } 1563 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1564 { 1565 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1566 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1567 * rest. */ 1568 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1569 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1570 else 1571 { 1572 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1573 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 1574 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1575 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1576 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 1577 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 1578 * updating down. */ 1579 top_end += xtra_rows; 1580 } 1581 } 1582 1583 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 1584 * entries. */ 1585 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 1586 { 1587 if (j < i) 1588 { 1589 int x = row + new_rows; 1590 1591 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 1592 for (;;) 1593 { 1594 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 1595 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1596 { 1597 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 1598 break; 1599 } 1600 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 1601 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 1602 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 1603 > wp->w_height) 1604 { 1605 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 1606 break; 1607 } 1608 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 1609 ++i; 1610 } 1611 if (bot_start > x) 1612 bot_start = x; 1613 } 1614 else /* j > i */ 1615 { 1616 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 1617 j -= i; 1618 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 1619 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 1620 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1621 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 1622 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 1623 1624 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 1625 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 1626 * Reset to zero. */ 1627 while (i >= idx) 1628 { 1629 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 1630 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1631 } 1632 } 1633 } 1634 } 1635 } 1636 1637 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1638 /* 1639 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 1640 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 1641 * 'wrap' is on). 1642 */ 1643 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 1644 if (fold_count != 0) 1645 { 1646 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 1647 ++row; 1648 --fold_count; 1649 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 1650 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 1651 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1652 did_update = DID_FOLD; 1653 # endif 1654 } 1655 else 1656 #endif 1657 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 1658 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1659 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 1660 && lnum > wp->w_topline 1661 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) 1662 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 1663 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1664 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 1665 #endif 1666 ) 1667 { 1668 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 1669 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 1670 row = wp->w_height + 1; 1671 } 1672 else 1673 { 1674 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1675 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 1676 #endif 1677 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1678 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 1679 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 1680 && syntax_present(buf)) 1681 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 1682 #endif 1683 1684 /* 1685 * Display one line. 1686 */ 1687 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height); 1688 1689 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1690 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 1691 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 1692 #endif 1693 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1694 did_update = DID_LINE; 1695 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 1696 #endif 1697 } 1698 1699 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 1700 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 1701 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 1702 { 1703 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 1704 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1705 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 1706 ++idx; 1707 break; 1708 } 1709 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1710 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 1711 ++idx; 1712 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1713 lnum += fold_count + 1; 1714 #else 1715 ++lnum; 1716 #endif 1717 } 1718 else 1719 { 1720 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 1721 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1722 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 1723 break; 1724 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1725 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1726 #else 1727 ++lnum; 1728 #endif 1729 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1730 did_update = DID_NONE; 1731 #endif 1732 } 1733 1734 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1735 { 1736 eof = TRUE; 1737 break; 1738 } 1739 } 1740 /* 1741 * End of loop over all window lines. 1742 */ 1743 1744 1745 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 1746 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1747 1748 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1749 /* 1750 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 1751 */ 1752 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf)) 1753 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 1754 #endif 1755 1756 /* 1757 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 1758 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 1759 */ 1760 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 1761 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1762 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 1763 #endif 1764 if (!eof && !didline) 1765 { 1766 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 1767 { 1768 /* 1769 * Single line that does not fit! 1770 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 1771 */ 1772 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 1773 } 1774 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1775 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 1776 { 1777 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 1778 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1779 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 1780 } 1781 #endif 1782 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 1783 { 1784 /* 1785 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 1786 */ 1787 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 1788 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 1789 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 1790 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 1791 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 1792 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1793 } 1794 else 1795 { 1796 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 1797 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1798 } 1799 } 1800 else 1801 { 1802 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 1803 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 1804 #endif 1805 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 1806 { 1807 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 1808 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1809 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 1810 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 1811 { 1812 /* 1813 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 1814 */ 1815 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 1816 i = '-'; 1817 else 1818 i = fill_diff; 1819 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 1820 j = wp->w_height - row; 1821 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 1822 row += j; 1823 } 1824 #endif 1825 } 1826 else if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1827 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1828 1829 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 1830 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 1831 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 1832 } 1833 1834 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 1835 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1836 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1837 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 1838 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 1839 #endif 1840 1841 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1842 { 1843 /* 1844 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 1845 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 1846 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 1847 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 1848 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 1849 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 1850 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 1851 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 1852 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 1853 * changes are relevant). 1854 */ 1855 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 1856 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 1857 { 1858 recursive = TRUE; 1859 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 1860 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 1861 if (must_redraw != 0) 1862 { 1863 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 1864 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 1865 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 1866 win_update(curwin); 1867 must_redraw = 0; 1868 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 1869 } 1870 recursive = FALSE; 1871 } 1872 } 1873 1874 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1875 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 1876 if (!got_int) 1877 got_int = save_got_int; 1878 #endif 1879 } 1880 1881 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 1882 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 1883 1884 /* 1885 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. 1886 */ 1887 static int 1888 draw_signcolumn(wp) 1889 win_T *wp; 1890 { 1891 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL 1892 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1893 || usingNetbeans 1894 # endif 1895 ); 1896 } 1897 #endif 1898 1899 /* 1900 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 1901 * as the filler character. 1902 */ 1903 static void 1904 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) 1905 win_T *wp; 1906 int c1; 1907 int c2; 1908 int row; 1909 int endrow; 1910 enum hlf_value hl; 1911 { 1912 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 1913 int n = 0; 1914 # define FDC_OFF n 1915 #else 1916 # define FDC_OFF 0 1917 #endif 1918 1919 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1920 if (wp->w_p_rl) 1921 { 1922 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 1923 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1924 n = wp->w_p_fdc; 1925 1926 if (n > 0) 1927 { 1928 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 1929 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1930 n = W_WIDTH(wp); 1931 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1932 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 1933 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 1934 } 1935 # endif 1936 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 1937 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 1938 { 1939 int nn = n + 2; 1940 1941 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 1942 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1943 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 1944 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1945 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 1946 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 1947 n = nn; 1948 } 1949 # endif 1950 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1951 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 1952 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 1953 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1954 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 1955 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 1956 } 1957 else 1958 #endif 1959 { 1960 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1961 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 1962 { 1963 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 1964 n = 1; 1965 if (n > wp->w_width) 1966 n = wp->w_width; 1967 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1968 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, 1969 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 1970 } 1971 #endif 1972 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1973 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 1974 { 1975 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; 1976 1977 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 1978 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1979 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 1980 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1981 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 1982 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 1983 n = nn; 1984 } 1985 #endif 1986 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 1987 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 1988 { 1989 int nn = n + 2; 1990 1991 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 1992 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 1993 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 1994 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 1995 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 1996 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 1997 n = nn; 1998 } 1999 #endif 2000 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2001 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2002 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2003 } 2004 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2005 } 2006 2007 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2008 /* 2009 * Display one folded line. 2010 */ 2011 static void 2012 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) 2013 win_T *wp; 2014 long fold_count; 2015 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; 2016 linenr_T lnum; 2017 int row; 2018 { 2019 char_u buf[51]; 2020 pos_T *top, *bot; 2021 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2022 int len; 2023 char_u *text; 2024 int fdc; 2025 int col; 2026 int txtcol; 2027 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2028 int ri; 2029 2030 /* Build the fold line: 2031 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2032 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2033 * 3. Add the 'number' column 2034 * 4. Compose the text 2035 * 5. Add the text 2036 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2037 */ 2038 col = 0; 2039 2040 /* 2041 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2042 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2043 */ 2044 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2045 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2046 { 2047 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2048 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 2049 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2050 if (enc_utf8) 2051 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2052 #endif 2053 ++col; 2054 } 2055 #endif 2056 2057 /* 2058 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2059 */ 2060 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2061 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2062 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2063 if (fdc > 0) 2064 { 2065 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2066 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2067 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2068 { 2069 int i; 2070 2071 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2072 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2073 /* reverse the fold column */ 2074 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2075 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2076 } 2077 else 2078 #endif 2079 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2080 col += fdc; 2081 } 2082 2083 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2084 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2085 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2086 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2087 else \ 2088 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2089 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2090 #else 2091 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2092 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2093 #endif 2094 2095 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */ 2096 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); 2097 2098 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2099 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2100 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2101 { 2102 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2103 if (len > 0) 2104 { 2105 if (len > 2) 2106 len = 2; 2107 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2108 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2109 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2110 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, 2111 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2112 else 2113 # endif 2114 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2115 col += len; 2116 } 2117 } 2118 #endif 2119 2120 /* 2121 * 3. Add the 'number' column 2122 */ 2123 if (wp->w_p_nu) 2124 { 2125 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2126 if (len > 0) 2127 { 2128 int w = number_width(wp); 2129 2130 if (len > w + 1) 2131 len = w + 1; 2132 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum); 2133 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2134 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2135 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2136 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, 2137 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2138 else 2139 #endif 2140 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2141 col += len; 2142 } 2143 } 2144 2145 /* 2146 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2147 */ 2148 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2149 2150 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2151 2152 /* 2153 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2154 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2155 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2156 */ 2157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2158 if (has_mbyte) 2159 { 2160 int cells; 2161 int u8c, u8c_c1, u8c_c2; 2162 int idx; 2163 int c_len; 2164 char_u *p; 2165 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2166 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2167 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2168 # endif 2169 2170 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2171 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2172 idx = off; 2173 else 2174 # endif 2175 idx = off + col; 2176 2177 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2178 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2179 { 2180 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2181 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p); 2182 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) 2183 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2184 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2185 # endif 2186 ) 2187 break; 2188 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2189 if (enc_utf8) 2190 { 2191 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 2192 if (*p < 0x80 && u8c_c1 == 0 && u8c_c2 == 0) 2193 { 2194 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2195 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2196 prev_c = u8c; 2197 #endif 2198 } 2199 else 2200 { 2201 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2202 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2203 { 2204 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2205 int pc, pc1, nc, dummy; 2206 int firstbyte = *p; 2207 2208 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2209 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2210 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2211 { 2212 pc = prev_c; 2213 pc1 = prev_c1; 2214 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2215 prev_c1 = u8c_c1; 2216 } 2217 else 2218 { 2219 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, &pc1, &dummy); 2220 nc = prev_c; 2221 } 2222 prev_c = u8c; 2223 2224 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8c_c1, 2225 pc, pc1, nc); 2226 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2227 } 2228 else 2229 prev_c = u8c; 2230 #endif 2231 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2232 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2233 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2234 else 2235 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2236 ScreenLinesC1[idx] = u8c_c1; 2237 ScreenLinesC2[idx] = u8c_c2; 2238 } 2239 if (cells > 1) 2240 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2241 } 2242 else if (cells > 1) /* double-byte character */ 2243 { 2244 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2245 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2246 else 2247 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2248 } 2249 col += cells; 2250 idx += cells; 2251 p += c_len; 2252 } 2253 } 2254 else 2255 #endif 2256 { 2257 len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2258 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2259 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2260 if (len > 0) 2261 { 2262 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2263 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2264 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2265 else 2266 #endif 2267 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2268 col += len; 2269 } 2270 } 2271 2272 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2273 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2274 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2275 col -= txtcol; 2276 #endif 2277 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) 2278 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2279 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2280 #endif 2281 ) 2282 { 2283 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2284 if (enc_utf8) 2285 { 2286 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2287 { 2288 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2289 ScreenLinesC1[off + col] = 0; 2290 ScreenLinesC2[off + col] = 0; 2291 } 2292 else 2293 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2294 } 2295 #endif 2296 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2297 } 2298 2299 if (text != buf) 2300 vim_free(text); 2301 2302 /* 2303 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2304 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2305 */ 2306 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2307 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2308 { 2309 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2310 { 2311 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2312 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2313 bot = &VIsual; 2314 } 2315 else 2316 { 2317 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2318 top = &VIsual; 2319 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2320 } 2321 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2322 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2323 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2324 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2325 || (lnum == top->lnum 2326 && top->col == 0)) 2327 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2328 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2329 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2330 >= STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2331 { 2332 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2333 { 2334 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2335 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2336 { 2337 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2338 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2339 else 2340 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; 2341 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), 2342 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2343 } 2344 } 2345 else 2346 { 2347 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2348 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); 2349 } 2350 } 2351 } 2352 #endif 2353 2354 2355 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 2356 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); 2357 2358 /* 2359 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2360 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2361 */ 2362 if (wp == curwin 2363 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2364 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2365 { 2366 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2367 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2368 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2369 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2370 } 2371 } 2372 2373 /* 2374 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2375 */ 2376 static void 2377 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) 2378 int off; 2379 char_u *buf; 2380 int len; 2381 int attr; 2382 { 2383 int i; 2384 2385 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2386 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2387 if (enc_utf8) 2388 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2389 # endif 2390 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2391 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2392 } 2393 2394 /* 2395 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2396 */ 2397 static void 2398 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) 2399 char_u *p; 2400 win_T *wp; 2401 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2402 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ 2403 { 2404 int i = 0; 2405 int level; 2406 int first_level; 2407 2408 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2409 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); 2410 2411 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2412 if (level > 0) 2413 { 2414 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2415 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2416 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 2; 2417 if (first_level < 1) 2418 first_level = 1; 2419 2420 for (i = 0; i + 1 < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) 2421 { 2422 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2423 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2424 p[i] = '-'; 2425 else if (first_level == 1) 2426 p[i] = '|'; 2427 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2428 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2429 else 2430 p[i] = '>'; 2431 if (first_level + i == level) 2432 break; 2433 } 2434 } 2435 if (closed) 2436 p[i] = '+'; 2437 } 2438 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2439 2440 /* 2441 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 2442 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 2443 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 2444 * 2445 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 2446 */ 2447 static int 2448 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow) 2449 win_T *wp; 2450 linenr_T lnum; 2451 int startrow; 2452 int endrow; 2453 { 2454 int col; /* visual column on screen */ 2455 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 2456 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 2457 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 2458 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 2459 char_u *line; /* current line */ 2460 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 2461 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 2462 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 2463 2464 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 2465 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 2466 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars */ 2467 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 2468 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 2469 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 2470 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 2471 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 2472 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 2473 2474 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 2475 int saved_n_extra = 0; 2476 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 2477 int saved_c_extra = 0; 2478 int saved_char_attr = 0; 2479 2480 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 2481 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 2482 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 2483 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 2484 2485 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 2486 2487 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 2488 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 2489 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 2490 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2491 pos_T *top, *bot; 2492 #endif 2493 pos_T pos; 2494 long v; 2495 2496 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 2497 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 2498 in this line */ 2499 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 2500 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 2501 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 2502 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2503 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 2504 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 2505 int save_did_emsg; 2506 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 2507 # define SPWORDLEN 150 2508 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 2509 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 2510 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 2511 starts */ 2512 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 2513 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 2514 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 2515 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 2516 * there are no spell errors */ 2517 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 2518 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 2519 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 2520 #endif 2521 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 2522 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2523 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 2524 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 2525 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 2526 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 2527 int u8c_c1 = 0; /* first composing UTF-8 char */ 2528 int u8c_c2 = 0; /* second composing UTF-8 char */ 2529 #endif 2530 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2531 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 2532 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 2533 enum hlf_value diff_hlf = (enum hlf_value)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 2534 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 2535 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 2536 #endif 2537 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 2538 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2539 int need_showbreak = FALSE; 2540 #endif 2541 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) 2542 # define LINE_ATTR 2543 int line_attr = 0; /* atrribute for the whole line */ 2544 #endif 2545 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2546 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or match_hl */ 2547 #endif 2548 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2549 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2550 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2551 #endif 2552 2553 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 2554 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 2555 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2556 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 2557 #else 2558 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 2559 #endif 2560 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2561 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 2562 #else 2563 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 2564 #endif 2565 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2566 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 2567 #else 2568 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 2569 #endif 2570 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 2571 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 2572 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 2573 #else 2574 # define WL_SBR WL_NR 2575 #endif 2576 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 2577 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 2578 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)) 2579 int feedback_col = 0; 2580 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 2581 #endif 2582 2583 2584 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 2585 return startrow; 2586 2587 row = startrow; 2588 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 2589 2590 /* 2591 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 2592 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 2593 */ 2594 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2595 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 2596 #else 2597 extra_check = 0; 2598 #endif 2599 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2600 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer)) 2601 { 2602 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 2603 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 2604 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 2605 did_emsg = FALSE; 2606 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 2607 if (did_emsg) 2608 syntax_clear(wp->w_buffer); 2609 else 2610 { 2611 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 2612 has_syntax = TRUE; 2613 extra_check = TRUE; 2614 } 2615 } 2616 2617 if (wp->w_p_spell 2618 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL 2619 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0 2620 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 2621 { 2622 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 2623 has_spell = TRUE; 2624 extra_check = TRUE; 2625 2626 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 2627 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 2628 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 2629 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 2630 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2631 { 2632 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 2633 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 2634 } 2635 2636 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 2637 * line is valid. */ 2638 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 2639 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 2640 checked_lnum = 0; 2641 2642 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 2643 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 2644 * the first word. */ 2645 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 2646 cap_col = -1; 2647 if (lnum == 1) 2648 cap_col = 0; 2649 capcol_lnum = 0; 2650 } 2651 #endif 2652 2653 /* 2654 * handle visual active in this window 2655 */ 2656 fromcol = -10; 2657 tocol = MAXCOL; 2658 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2659 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2660 { 2661 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2662 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2663 { 2664 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2665 bot = &VIsual; 2666 } 2667 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2668 { 2669 top = &VIsual; 2670 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2671 } 2672 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 2673 { 2674 if (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 2675 { 2676 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 2677 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2678 } 2679 } 2680 else /* non-block mode */ 2681 { 2682 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 2683 fromcol = 0; 2684 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 2685 { 2686 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 2687 fromcol = 0; 2688 else 2689 { 2690 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 2691 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 2692 tocol = fromcol + 1; 2693 } 2694 } 2695 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 2696 { 2697 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 2698 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 2699 && bot->coladd == 0 2700 #endif 2701 ) 2702 { 2703 fromcol = -10; 2704 tocol = MAXCOL; 2705 } 2706 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 2707 tocol = MAXCOL; 2708 else 2709 { 2710 pos = *bot; 2711 if (*p_sel == 'e') 2712 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 2713 else 2714 { 2715 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 2716 ++tocol; 2717 } 2718 } 2719 } 2720 } 2721 2722 #ifndef MSDOS 2723 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 2724 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 2725 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 2726 && !gui.in_use 2727 # endif 2728 ) 2729 noinvcur = TRUE; 2730 #endif 2731 2732 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 2733 if (fromcol >= 0) 2734 { 2735 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2736 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); 2737 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 2738 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel()) 2739 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); 2740 #endif 2741 } 2742 } 2743 2744 /* 2745 * handle 'insearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 2746 */ 2747 else 2748 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ 2749 if (highlight_match 2750 && wp == curwin 2751 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2752 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 2753 { 2754 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2755 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 2756 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 2757 else 2758 fromcol = 0; 2759 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 2760 { 2761 pos.lnum = lnum; 2762 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 2763 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 2764 } 2765 else 2766 tocol = MAXCOL; 2767 if (fromcol == tocol) /* do at least one character */ 2768 tocol = fromcol + 1; /* happens when past end of line */ 2769 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2770 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); 2771 } 2772 2773 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2774 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 2775 if (filler_lines < 0) 2776 { 2777 if (filler_lines == -1) 2778 { 2779 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 2780 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 2781 else if (change_start == 0) 2782 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 2783 else 2784 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 2785 } 2786 else 2787 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 2788 filler_lines = 0; 2789 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2790 } 2791 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2792 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 2793 filler_todo = filler_lines; 2794 #endif 2795 2796 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 2797 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2798 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 2799 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 2800 if (v != 0) 2801 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 2802 # endif 2803 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 2804 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 2805 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry() == lnum) 2806 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 2807 # endif 2808 if (line_attr != 0) 2809 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2810 #endif 2811 2812 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 2813 ptr = line; 2814 2815 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2816 if (has_spell) 2817 { 2818 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 2819 if (cap_col == 0) 2820 cap_col = skipwhite(line) - line; 2821 2822 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 2823 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 2824 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 2825 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 2826 { 2827 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 2828 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 2829 nextline_idx = 0; 2830 } 2831 else 2832 { 2833 v = STRLEN(line); 2834 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 2835 { 2836 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 2837 * next line. */ 2838 nextlinecol = 0; 2839 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 2840 mch_memmove(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN, 2841 STRLEN(nextline + SPWORDLEN) + 1); 2842 nextline_idx = v + 1; 2843 } 2844 else 2845 { 2846 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 2847 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 2848 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 2849 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 2850 } 2851 } 2852 } 2853 #endif 2854 2855 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 2856 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) 2857 { 2858 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 2859 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 2860 --trailcol; 2861 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 2862 extra_check = TRUE; 2863 } 2864 2865 /* 2866 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 2867 * first character to be displayed. 2868 */ 2869 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2870 v = wp->w_skipcol; 2871 else 2872 v = wp->w_leftcol; 2873 if (v > 0) 2874 { 2875 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2876 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 2877 #endif 2878 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 2879 { 2880 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 2881 vcol += c; 2882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2883 prev_ptr = ptr; 2884 #endif 2885 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); 2886 } 2887 2888 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 2889 /* When 'virtualedit' is set the end of the line may be before the 2890 * start of the displayed part. */ 2891 if (vcol < v && *ptr == NUL && virtual_active()) 2892 vcol = v; 2893 #endif 2894 2895 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 2896 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 2897 if (vcol > v) 2898 { 2899 vcol -= c; 2900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2901 ptr = prev_ptr; 2902 #else 2903 --ptr; 2904 #endif 2905 n_skip = v - vcol; 2906 } 2907 2908 /* 2909 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 2910 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 2911 */ 2912 if (tocol <= vcol) 2913 fromcol = 0; 2914 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 2915 fromcol = vcol; 2916 2917 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2918 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 2919 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2920 need_showbreak = TRUE; 2921 #endif 2922 } 2923 2924 /* 2925 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 2926 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 2927 */ 2928 if (fromcol >= 0) 2929 { 2930 if (noinvcur) 2931 { 2932 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 2933 { 2934 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 2935 * cursor */ 2936 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 2937 fromcol = -1; 2938 } 2939 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 2940 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 2941 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 2942 } 2943 if (fromcol >= tocol) 2944 fromcol = -1; 2945 } 2946 2947 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2948 /* 2949 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern. 2950 * Do this for both search_hl and match_hl. 2951 */ 2952 shl = &search_hl; 2953 for (;;) 2954 { 2955 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 2956 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 2957 shl->attr_cur = 0; 2958 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 2959 { 2960 v = (long)(ptr - line); 2961 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); 2962 2963 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 2964 * invalid. */ 2965 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 2966 ptr = line + v; 2967 2968 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 2969 { 2970 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 2971 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 2972 else 2973 shl->startcol = 0; 2974 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 2975 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 2976 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 2977 else 2978 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 2979 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 2980 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 2981 { 2982 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2983 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 2984 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(line + shl->endcol); 2985 else 2986 #endif 2987 ++shl->endcol; 2988 } 2989 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 2990 { 2991 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 2992 search_attr = shl->attr; 2993 } 2994 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2995 } 2996 } 2997 if (shl == &match_hl) 2998 break; 2999 shl = &match_hl; 3000 } 3001 #endif 3002 3003 off = (unsigned) (current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3004 col = 0; 3005 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3006 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3007 { 3008 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3009 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3010 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3011 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; 3012 off += col; 3013 } 3014 #endif 3015 3016 /* 3017 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3018 */ 3019 for (;;) 3020 { 3021 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3022 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3023 { 3024 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3025 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3026 { 3027 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3028 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3029 { 3030 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3031 *extra = cmdwin_type; 3032 n_extra = 1; 3033 p_extra = extra; 3034 c_extra = NUL; 3035 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3036 } 3037 } 3038 #endif 3039 3040 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3041 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3042 { 3043 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3044 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 3045 { 3046 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ 3047 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3048 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; 3049 p_extra = extra; 3050 c_extra = NUL; 3051 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); 3052 } 3053 } 3054 #endif 3055 3056 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3057 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3058 { 3059 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3060 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3061 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3062 if (draw_signcolumn(wp) 3063 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3064 && filler_todo <= 0 3065 # endif 3066 ) 3067 { 3068 int_u text_sign; 3069 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3070 int_u icon_sign; 3071 # endif 3072 3073 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3074 c_extra = ' '; 3075 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); 3076 n_extra = 2; 3077 3078 if (row == startrow) 3079 { 3080 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3081 SIGN_TEXT); 3082 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3083 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3084 SIGN_ICON); 3085 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3086 { 3087 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3088 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3089 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3090 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3091 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3092 # endif 3093 char_attr = icon_sign; 3094 } 3095 else 3096 # endif 3097 if (text_sign != 0) 3098 { 3099 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3100 if (p_extra != NULL) 3101 { 3102 c_extra = NUL; 3103 n_extra = STRLEN(p_extra); 3104 } 3105 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3106 } 3107 } 3108 } 3109 } 3110 #endif 3111 3112 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3113 { 3114 draw_state = WL_NR; 3115 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks 3116 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3117 if (wp->w_p_nu 3118 && (row == startrow 3119 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3120 + filler_lines 3121 #endif 3122 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3123 { 3124 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3125 if (row == startrow 3126 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3127 + filler_lines 3128 #endif 3129 ) 3130 { 3131 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ", 3132 number_width(wp), (long)lnum); 3133 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3134 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3135 *p_extra = '-'; 3136 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3137 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3138 rl_mirror(extra); 3139 #endif 3140 p_extra = extra; 3141 c_extra = NUL; 3142 } 3143 else 3144 c_extra = ' '; 3145 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3146 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); 3147 } 3148 } 3149 3150 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3151 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3152 { 3153 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3154 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3155 if (filler_todo > 0) 3156 { 3157 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3158 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3159 c_extra = '-'; 3160 else 3161 c_extra = fill_diff; 3162 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3163 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3164 n_extra = col + 1; 3165 else 3166 # endif 3167 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 3168 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); 3169 } 3170 # endif 3171 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3172 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3173 { 3174 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3175 p_extra = p_sbr; 3176 c_extra = NUL; 3177 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3178 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3179 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3180 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3181 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3182 if (tocol == vcol) 3183 tocol += n_extra; 3184 } 3185 # endif 3186 } 3187 #endif 3188 3189 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3190 { 3191 draw_state = WL_LINE; 3192 if (saved_n_extra) 3193 { 3194 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 3195 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 3196 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 3197 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 3198 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 3199 } 3200 else 3201 char_attr = 0; 3202 } 3203 } 3204 3205 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 3206 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 3207 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3208 && filler_todo <= 0 3209 #endif 3210 ) 3211 { 3212 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), 3213 wp->w_p_rl); 3214 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. */ 3215 row = wp->w_height; 3216 break; 3217 } 3218 3219 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 3220 { 3221 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 3222 if (vcol == fromcol 3223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3224 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 3225 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 3226 #endif 3227 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 3228 && vcol < tocol)) 3229 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 3230 else if (area_attr != 0 3231 && (vcol == tocol 3232 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3233 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3234 area_attr = line_attr; /* stop highlighting */ 3235 else if (line_attr && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 3236 || (vcol < fromcol || vcol > tocol))) 3237 area_attr = line_attr; 3238 #else 3239 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 3240 #endif 3241 3242 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3243 if (!n_extra) 3244 { 3245 /* 3246 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 3247 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 3248 * When another match, have to check for start again. 3249 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 3250 * Do this first for search_hl, then for match_hl, so that 3251 * ":match" overrules 'hlsearch'. 3252 */ 3253 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3254 shl = &search_hl; 3255 for (;;) 3256 { 3257 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 3258 { 3259 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 3260 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 3261 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 3262 { 3263 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3264 } 3265 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 3266 { 3267 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3268 3269 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); 3270 3271 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 3272 * may have made it invalid. */ 3273 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3274 ptr = line + v; 3275 3276 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3277 { 3278 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3279 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 3280 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3281 else 3282 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3283 3284 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3285 { 3286 /* highlight empty match, try again after 3287 * it */ 3288 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3289 if (has_mbyte) 3290 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(line 3291 + shl->endcol); 3292 else 3293 #endif 3294 ++shl->endcol; 3295 } 3296 3297 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 3298 * current position */ 3299 continue; 3300 } 3301 } 3302 break; 3303 } 3304 if (shl == &match_hl) 3305 break; 3306 shl = &match_hl; 3307 } 3308 /* ":match" highlighting overrules 'hlsearch' */ 3309 if (match_hl.attr_cur != 0) 3310 search_attr = match_hl.attr_cur; 3311 else 3312 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 3313 } 3314 #endif 3315 3316 if (area_attr != 0) 3317 char_attr = area_attr; 3318 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3319 else if (search_attr == 0 && has_syntax) 3320 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3321 #endif 3322 else 3323 char_attr = search_attr; 3324 3325 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3326 if (diff_hlf != (enum hlf_value)0 && n_extra == 0) 3327 { 3328 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start) 3329 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3330 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end) 3331 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3332 if (attr == 0 || area_attr != attr) 3333 area_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3334 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 3335 { 3336 if (search_attr != 0) 3337 char_attr = search_attr; 3338 else 3339 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3340 } 3341 } 3342 #endif 3343 } 3344 3345 /* 3346 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 3347 */ 3348 /* 3349 * The 'extra' array contains the extra stuff that is inserted to 3350 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff). When all 3351 * characters are the same, c_extra is used. 3352 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 3353 */ 3354 if (n_extra > 0) 3355 { 3356 if (c_extra != NUL) 3357 { 3358 c = c_extra; 3359 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3360 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 3361 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3362 { 3363 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3364 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3365 } 3366 else 3367 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3368 #endif 3369 } 3370 else 3371 { 3372 c = *p_extra; 3373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3374 if (has_mbyte) 3375 { 3376 mb_c = c; 3377 if (enc_utf8) 3378 { 3379 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 3380 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 3381 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p_extra); 3382 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3383 if (mb_l > n_extra) 3384 mb_l = 1; 3385 else if (mb_l > 1) 3386 { 3387 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 3388 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3389 } 3390 } 3391 else 3392 { 3393 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 3394 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 3395 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 3396 mb_l = 1; 3397 else if (mb_l > 1) 3398 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 3399 } 3400 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 3401 * last column. */ 3402 if ( 3403 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3404 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 3405 # endif 3406 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 3407 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 3408 { 3409 c = '>'; 3410 mb_c = c; 3411 mb_l = 1; 3412 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3413 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3414 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 3415 * character at the start of the next line. */ 3416 ++n_extra; 3417 --p_extra; 3418 } 3419 else 3420 { 3421 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 3422 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 3423 } 3424 } 3425 #endif 3426 ++p_extra; 3427 } 3428 --n_extra; 3429 } 3430 else 3431 { 3432 /* 3433 * Get a character from the line itself. 3434 */ 3435 c = *ptr; 3436 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3437 if (has_mbyte) 3438 { 3439 mb_c = c; 3440 if (enc_utf8) 3441 { 3442 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 3443 * into "mb_c". */ 3444 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr); 3445 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3446 if (mb_l > 1) 3447 { 3448 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 3449 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 3450 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 3451 if (mb_c < 0x80) 3452 c = mb_c; 3453 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3454 } 3455 3456 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 3457 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 3458 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 3459 || mb_c >= 0x10000))) 3460 { 3461 /* 3462 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 3463 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 3464 */ 3465 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 3466 { 3467 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 3468 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3469 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 3470 rl_mirror(extra); 3471 #endif 3472 } 3473 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 3474 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 3475 else 3476 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 3477 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 3478 3479 p_extra = extra; 3480 c = *p_extra; 3481 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 3482 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 3483 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3484 c_extra = NUL; 3485 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3486 { 3487 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3488 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3489 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3490 } 3491 } 3492 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3493 mb_l = 1; 3494 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3495 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 3496 { 3497 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 3498 int pc, pc1, nc, dummy; 3499 3500 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 3501 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 3502 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3503 { 3504 pc = prev_c; 3505 pc1 = prev_c1; 3506 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 3507 prev_c1 = u8c_c1; 3508 } 3509 else 3510 { 3511 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, &pc1, &dummy); 3512 nc = prev_c; 3513 } 3514 prev_c = mb_c; 3515 3516 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8c_c1, pc, pc1, nc); 3517 } 3518 else 3519 prev_c = mb_c; 3520 #endif 3521 } 3522 else /* enc_dbcs */ 3523 { 3524 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 3525 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3526 mb_l = 1; 3527 else if (mb_l > 1) 3528 { 3529 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 3530 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 3531 */ 3532 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 3533 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 3534 else 3535 { 3536 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 3537 { 3538 /* head byte at end of line */ 3539 mb_l = 1; 3540 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 3541 } 3542 else 3543 { 3544 /* illegal tail byte */ 3545 mb_l = 2; 3546 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 3547 } 3548 p_extra = extra; 3549 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 3550 c_extra = NUL; 3551 c = *p_extra++; 3552 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3553 { 3554 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3555 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3556 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3557 } 3558 mb_c = c; 3559 } 3560 } 3561 } 3562 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 3563 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 3564 * next line. */ 3565 if (( 3566 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3567 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 3568 # endif 3569 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 3570 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 3571 { 3572 c = '>'; 3573 mb_c = c; 3574 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3575 mb_l = 1; 3576 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3577 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 3578 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 3579 --ptr; 3580 } 3581 else if (*ptr != NUL) 3582 ptr += mb_l - 1; 3583 3584 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 3585 * a '<' in the first column. */ 3586 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1) 3587 { 3588 extra[0] = '<'; 3589 p_extra = extra; 3590 n_extra = 1; 3591 c_extra = NUL; 3592 c = ' '; 3593 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3594 { 3595 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3596 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3597 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3598 } 3599 mb_c = c; 3600 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3601 mb_l = 1; 3602 } 3603 3604 } 3605 #endif 3606 ++ptr; 3607 3608 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ 3609 if (wp->w_p_list && c == 160 && lcs_nbsp) 3610 { 3611 c = lcs_nbsp; 3612 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3613 { 3614 n_attr = 1; 3615 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3616 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3617 } 3618 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3619 mb_c = c; 3620 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3621 { 3622 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3623 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3624 } 3625 else 3626 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3627 #endif 3628 } 3629 3630 if (extra_check) 3631 { 3632 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3633 int can_spell = TRUE; 3634 3635 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 3636 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 3637 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3638 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 3639 { 3640 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 3641 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 3642 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3643 did_emsg = FALSE; 3644 3645 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 3646 has_spell ? &can_spell : NULL); 3647 3648 if (did_emsg) 3649 syntax_clear(wp->w_buffer); 3650 else 3651 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3652 3653 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 3654 * have made it invalid. */ 3655 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3656 ptr = line + v; 3657 3658 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3659 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3660 else 3661 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 3662 } 3663 3664 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 3665 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 3666 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 3667 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 3668 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 3669 { 3670 spell_attr = 0; 3671 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3672 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3673 if (c != 0 && (!has_syntax || can_spell)) 3674 { 3675 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 3676 int len; 3677 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3678 if (has_mbyte) 3679 { 3680 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 3681 v -= mb_l - 1; 3682 } 3683 else 3684 # endif 3685 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 3686 3687 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 3688 * next line concatenated. */ 3689 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 3690 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 3691 else 3692 p = prev_ptr; 3693 cap_col -= (prev_ptr - line); 3694 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_attr, &cap_col); 3695 word_end = v + len; 3696 3697 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 3698 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 3699 if (spell_attr != 0 3700 && (State & INSERT) != 0 3701 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 3702 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 3703 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 3704 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 3705 { 3706 spell_attr = 0; 3707 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 3708 } 3709 3710 if (spell_attr == 0 && p != prev_ptr 3711 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 3712 { 3713 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 3714 * start of the next line. */ 3715 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 3716 checked_col = (p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx; 3717 } 3718 3719 if (cap_col > 0) 3720 { 3721 if (p != prev_ptr 3722 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 3723 { 3724 /* Remember that the word in the next line 3725 * must start with a capital. */ 3726 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 3727 cap_col = (p - nextline) + cap_col 3728 - nextline_idx; 3729 } 3730 else 3731 /* Compute the actual column. */ 3732 cap_col += (prev_ptr - line); 3733 } 3734 } 3735 } 3736 if (spell_attr != 0) 3737 { 3738 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3739 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 3740 else 3741 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 3742 } 3743 #endif 3744 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3745 /* 3746 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 3747 */ 3748 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr) 3749 && !wp->w_p_list) 3750 { 3751 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - ( 3752 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3753 has_mbyte ? mb_l : 3754 # endif 3755 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1; 3756 c_extra = ' '; 3757 if (vim_iswhite(c)) 3758 c = ' '; 3759 } 3760 #endif 3761 3762 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 3763 { 3764 c = lcs_trail; 3765 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3766 { 3767 n_attr = 1; 3768 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3769 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3770 } 3771 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3772 mb_c = c; 3773 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3774 { 3775 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3776 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3777 } 3778 else 3779 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3780 #endif 3781 } 3782 } 3783 3784 /* 3785 * Handling of non-printable characters. 3786 */ 3787 if (!(chartab[c] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) 3788 { 3789 /* 3790 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 3791 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 3792 * into "ScreenLines". 3793 */ 3794 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 3795 { 3796 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 3797 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 3798 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 3799 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3800 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 3801 #endif 3802 if (wp->w_p_list) 3803 { 3804 c = lcs_tab1; 3805 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 3806 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3807 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3808 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3809 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3810 mb_c = c; 3811 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3812 { 3813 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3814 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3815 } 3816 #endif 3817 } 3818 else 3819 { 3820 c_extra = ' '; 3821 c = ' '; 3822 } 3823 } 3824 else if (c == NUL 3825 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 3826 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 3827 && tocol > vcol 3828 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 3829 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 3830 #endif 3831 && ( 3832 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3833 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 3834 # endif 3835 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) 3836 && !(noinvcur 3837 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3838 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) 3839 { 3840 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 3841 * character if the line break is included. */ 3842 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 3843 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 3844 * "$". */ 3845 if ( 3846 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3847 diff_hlf == (enum hlf_value)0 3848 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3849 && 3850 # endif 3851 # endif 3852 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3853 line_attr == 0 3854 # endif 3855 ) 3856 #endif 3857 { 3858 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3859 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 3860 * beyond end of line. */ 3861 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 3862 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 3863 n_extra = 0; 3864 else 3865 #endif 3866 { 3867 p_extra = at_end_str; 3868 n_extra = 1; 3869 c_extra = NUL; 3870 } 3871 } 3872 if (wp->w_p_list) 3873 c = lcs_eol; 3874 else 3875 c = ' '; 3876 lcs_eol_one = -1; 3877 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 3878 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3879 { 3880 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3881 n_attr = 1; 3882 } 3883 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3884 mb_c = c; 3885 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3886 { 3887 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3888 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 3889 } 3890 else 3891 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 3892 #endif 3893 } 3894 else if (c != NUL) 3895 { 3896 p_extra = transchar(c); 3897 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3898 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 3899 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 3900 #endif 3901 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 3902 c_extra = NUL; 3903 c = *p_extra++; 3904 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3905 { 3906 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3907 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3908 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3909 } 3910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3911 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 3912 #endif 3913 } 3914 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3915 else if (VIsual_active 3916 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 3917 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 3918 && virtual_active() 3919 && tocol != MAXCOL 3920 && vcol < tocol 3921 && ( 3922 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3923 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 3924 # endif 3925 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 3926 { 3927 c = ' '; 3928 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 3929 } 3930 #endif 3931 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 3932 else if (( 3933 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3934 diff_hlf != (enum hlf_value)0 3935 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3936 || 3937 # endif 3938 # endif 3939 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 3940 line_attr != 0 3941 # endif 3942 ) && ( 3943 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3944 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 3945 # endif 3946 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 3947 { 3948 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 3949 c = ' '; 3950 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 3951 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3952 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 3953 { 3954 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 3955 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 3956 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3957 } 3958 # endif 3959 } 3960 #endif 3961 } 3962 } 3963 3964 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 3965 if (n_attr > 0 3966 && draw_state == WL_LINE 3967 && (area_attr == 0 || char_attr != area_attr) 3968 && (search_attr == 0 || char_attr != search_attr)) 3969 char_attr = extra_attr; 3970 3971 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3972 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 3973 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 3974 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 3975 if (xic != NULL 3976 && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3977 && (State & INSERT) 3978 && !p_imdisable 3979 && im_is_preediting() 3980 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 3981 { 3982 colnr_T tcol; 3983 3984 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 3985 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 3986 else 3987 tcol = preedit_end_col; 3988 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 3989 { 3990 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 3991 { 3992 feedback_col = 0; 3993 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 3994 } 3995 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 3996 if (char_attr < 0) 3997 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 3998 feedback_col++; 3999 } 4000 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 4001 { 4002 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 4003 feedback_old_attr = -1; 4004 feedback_col = 0; 4005 } 4006 } 4007 #endif 4008 /* 4009 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 4010 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 4011 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 4012 */ 4013 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 4014 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 4015 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4016 && filler_todo <= 0 4017 #endif 4018 && draw_state > WL_NR 4019 && c != NUL) 4020 { 4021 c = lcs_prec; 4022 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 4023 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4024 mb_c = c; 4025 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4026 { 4027 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4028 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 4029 } 4030 else 4031 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4032 #endif 4033 if ((area_attr == 0 || char_attr != area_attr) 4034 && (search_attr == 0 || char_attr != search_attr)) 4035 { 4036 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4037 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 4038 n_attr3 = 1; 4039 } 4040 } 4041 4042 /* 4043 * At end of the text line. 4044 */ 4045 if (c == NUL) 4046 { 4047 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 4048 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 4049 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 4050 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 4051 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 4052 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol) 4053 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4054 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 4055 || (ptr - line) - 1 == (long)search_hl.startcol 4056 || (ptr - line) - 1 == (long)match_hl.startcol 4057 #endif 4058 )) 4059 { 4060 int n = 0; 4061 4062 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4063 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4064 { 4065 if (col < 0) 4066 n = 1; 4067 } 4068 else 4069 #endif 4070 { 4071 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) 4072 n = -1; 4073 } 4074 if (n != 0) 4075 { 4076 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 4077 * instead (better than nothing). */ 4078 off += n; 4079 col += n; 4080 } 4081 else 4082 { 4083 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 4084 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 4085 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4086 if (enc_utf8) 4087 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 4088 #endif 4089 } 4090 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4091 if (area_attr == 0) 4092 { 4093 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)match_hl.startcol) 4094 char_attr = match_hl.attr; 4095 else 4096 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 4097 } 4098 #endif 4099 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 4100 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4101 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4102 --col; 4103 else 4104 #endif 4105 ++col; 4106 } 4107 4108 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 4109 wp->w_p_rl); 4110 row++; 4111 4112 /* 4113 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 4114 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 4115 */ 4116 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 4117 { 4118 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 4119 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 4120 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4121 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 4122 #endif 4123 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 4124 } 4125 4126 break; 4127 } 4128 4129 /* line continues beyond line end */ 4130 if (lcs_ext 4131 && !wp->w_p_wrap 4132 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4133 && filler_todo <= 0 4134 #endif 4135 && ( 4136 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4137 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 4138 #endif 4139 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 4140 && (*ptr != NUL 4141 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 4142 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 4143 { 4144 c = lcs_ext; 4145 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4147 mb_c = c; 4148 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4149 { 4150 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4151 u8c_c1 = u8c_c2 = 0; 4152 } 4153 else 4154 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4155 #endif 4156 } 4157 4158 /* 4159 * Store character to be displayed. 4160 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 4161 */ 4162 vcol_prev = vcol; 4163 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 4164 { 4165 /* 4166 * Store the character. 4167 */ 4168 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 4169 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 4170 { 4171 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 4172 --off; 4173 --col; 4174 } 4175 #endif 4176 ScreenLines[off] = c; 4177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4178 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 4179 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 4180 else if (enc_utf8) 4181 { 4182 if (mb_utf8) 4183 { 4184 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 4185 ScreenLinesC1[off] = u8c_c1; 4186 ScreenLinesC2[off] = u8c_c2; 4187 } 4188 else 4189 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 4190 } 4191 if (multi_attr) 4192 { 4193 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 4194 multi_attr = 0; 4195 } 4196 else 4197 #endif 4198 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 4199 4200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4201 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 4202 { 4203 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 4204 ++off; 4205 ++col; 4206 if (enc_utf8) 4207 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 4208 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 4209 else 4210 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 4211 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 4212 ++vcol; 4213 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 4214 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 4215 if (tocol == vcol) 4216 ++tocol; 4217 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4218 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4219 { 4220 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 4221 --off; 4222 --col; 4223 } 4224 #endif 4225 } 4226 #endif 4227 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4228 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4229 { 4230 --off; 4231 --col; 4232 } 4233 else 4234 #endif 4235 { 4236 ++off; 4237 ++col; 4238 } 4239 } 4240 else 4241 --n_skip; 4242 4243 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */ 4244 if (draw_state >= WL_SBR 4245 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4246 && filler_todo <= 0 4247 #endif 4248 ) 4249 ++vcol; 4250 4251 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 4252 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 4253 char_attr = saved_attr3; 4254 4255 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 4256 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 4257 char_attr = saved_attr2; 4258 4259 /* 4260 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 4261 * so far. If there is no more to display it is catched above. 4262 */ 4263 if (( 4264 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4265 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 4266 #endif 4267 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) 4268 && (*ptr != NUL 4269 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4270 || filler_todo > 0 4271 #endif 4272 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 4273 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 4274 ) 4275 { 4276 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 4277 wp->w_p_rl); 4278 ++row; 4279 ++screen_row; 4280 4281 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 4282 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 4283 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 4284 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4285 && filler_todo <= 0 4286 #endif 4287 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 4288 break; 4289 4290 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 4291 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 4292 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4293 && filler_todo <= 0 4294 #endif 4295 ) 4296 { 4297 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 4298 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4299 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 4300 #endif 4301 row = endrow; 4302 } 4303 4304 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 4305 if (row == endrow) 4306 { 4307 ++row; 4308 break; 4309 } 4310 4311 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 4312 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4313 && filler_todo <= 0 4314 #endif 4315 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) 4316 { 4317 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 4318 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 4319 4320 /* 4321 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 4322 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 4323 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 4324 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 4325 * Only do this on a fast tty. 4326 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 4327 * (something has been written in it). 4328 * Don't do this for the GUI. 4329 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 4330 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 4331 */ 4332 if (p_tf 4333 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4334 && !gui.in_use 4335 #endif 4336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4337 && !(has_mbyte 4338 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row]) == 2 4339 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4340 + (int)Columns - 2) == 2)) 4341 #endif 4342 ) 4343 { 4344 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 4345 * then output the same character again to let the 4346 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 4347 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 4348 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) 4349 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4350 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 4351 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 4352 4353 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4354 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 4355 * space to keep it simple. */ 4356 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 4357 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 4358 out_char(' '); 4359 else 4360 #endif 4361 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4362 + (Columns - 1)]); 4363 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 4364 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 4365 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 4366 } 4367 } 4368 4369 col = 0; 4370 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 4371 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4372 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4373 { 4374 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 4375 off += col; 4376 } 4377 #endif 4378 4379 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 4380 draw_state = WL_START; 4381 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 4382 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 4383 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 4384 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 4385 n_extra = 0; 4386 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 4387 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4388 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4389 if (filler_todo <= 0) 4390 # endif 4391 need_showbreak = TRUE; 4392 #endif 4393 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4394 --filler_todo; 4395 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 4396 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 4397 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 4398 break; 4399 #endif 4400 } 4401 4402 } /* for every character in the line */ 4403 4404 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4405 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 4406 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 4407 { 4408 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4409 cap_col = 0; 4410 } 4411 #endif 4412 4413 return row; 4414 } 4415 4416 /* 4417 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 4418 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 4419 * - the attributes are different 4420 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 4421 */ 4422 static int 4423 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) 4424 int off_from; 4425 int off_to; 4426 int cols; 4427 { 4428 if (cols > 0 4429 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 4430 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 4431 4432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4433 || (enc_dbcs != 0 4434 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 4435 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 4436 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 4437 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 4438 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 4439 || (enc_utf8 4440 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 4441 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 4442 && (ScreenLinesC1[off_from] 4443 != ScreenLinesC1[off_to] 4444 || ScreenLinesC2[off_from] 4445 != ScreenLinesC2[off_to])))) 4446 #endif 4447 )) 4448 return TRUE; 4449 return FALSE; 4450 } 4451 4452 /* 4453 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 4454 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 4455 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 4456 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 4457 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 4458 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 4459 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 4460 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 4461 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 4462 */ 4463 static void 4464 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width 4465 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4466 , rlflag 4467 #endif 4468 ) 4469 int row; 4470 int coloff; 4471 int endcol; 4472 int clear_width; 4473 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4474 int rlflag; 4475 #endif 4476 { 4477 unsigned off_from; 4478 unsigned off_to; 4479 int col = 0; 4480 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 4481 int hl; 4482 #endif 4483 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 4484 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 4485 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4486 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 4487 #endif 4488 ; 4489 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 4490 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4491 int clear_next = FALSE; 4492 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 4493 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 4494 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 4495 #else 4496 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 4497 #endif 4498 4499 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 4500 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 4501 # endif 4502 4503 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 4504 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 4505 4506 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4507 if (rlflag) 4508 { 4509 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 4510 if (clear_width > 0) 4511 { 4512 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 4513 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 4514 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4515 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 4516 # endif 4517 ) 4518 { 4519 ++off_to; 4520 ++col; 4521 } 4522 if (col <= endcol) 4523 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 4524 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 4525 } 4526 col = endcol + 1; 4527 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 4528 off_from += col; 4529 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 4530 } 4531 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 4532 4533 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 4534 4535 while (col < endcol) 4536 { 4537 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4538 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 4539 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from); 4540 else 4541 char_cells = 1; 4542 #endif 4543 4544 redraw_this = redraw_next; 4545 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 4546 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 4547 4548 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4549 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 4550 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 4551 * happens in the GUI. 4552 */ 4553 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 4554 { 4555 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 4556 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 4557 redraw_this = TRUE; 4558 } 4559 #endif 4560 4561 if (redraw_this) 4562 { 4563 /* 4564 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 4565 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 4566 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 4567 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 4568 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 4569 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 4570 * character. 4571 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 4572 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 4573 * completely. 4574 */ 4575 if ( p_wiv 4576 && !force 4577 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4578 && !gui.in_use 4579 #endif 4580 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 4581 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 4582 { 4583 /* 4584 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 4585 */ 4586 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 4587 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 4588 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 4589 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 4590 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 4591 4592 /* 4593 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 4594 * highlighting at this character. 4595 */ 4596 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 4597 { 4598 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 4599 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 4600 screen_stop_highlight(); 4601 } 4602 else 4603 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 4604 } 4605 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4606 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 4607 { 4608 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 4609 * the other way around requires another character to be 4610 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 4611 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 4612 if (char_cells == 1 4613 && col + 1 < endcol 4614 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) > 1) 4615 { 4616 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 4617 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 4618 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 4619 redraw_next = TRUE; 4620 } 4621 else if (char_cells == 2 4622 && col + 2 < endcol 4623 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) == 1 4624 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1) > 1) 4625 { 4626 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 4627 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 4628 * cell. */ 4629 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 4630 redraw_next = TRUE; 4631 } 4632 4633 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 4634 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 4635 } 4636 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 4637 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 4638 * the right halve of the old character. 4639 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 4640 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 4641 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 4642 && ((char_cells == 1 4643 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) > 1) 4644 || (char_cells == 2 4645 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to) == 1 4646 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1) > 1))) 4647 clear_next = TRUE; 4648 #endif 4649 4650 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 4651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4652 if (enc_utf8) 4653 { 4654 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 4655 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 4656 { 4657 ScreenLinesC1[off_to] = ScreenLinesC1[off_from]; 4658 ScreenLinesC2[off_to] = ScreenLinesC2[off_from]; 4659 } 4660 } 4661 if (char_cells == 2) 4662 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 4663 #endif 4664 4665 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 4666 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 4667 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 4668 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 4669 * and for some xterms. */ 4670 if ( 4671 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 4672 gui.in_use 4673 # endif 4674 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 4675 || 4676 # endif 4677 # ifdef UNIX 4678 term_is_xterm 4679 # endif 4680 ) 4681 { 4682 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 4683 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 4684 redraw_next = TRUE; 4685 } 4686 #endif 4687 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 4688 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4689 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 4690 { 4691 /* just a hack: It makes two bytes of DBCS have same attr */ 4692 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 4693 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4694 } 4695 else 4696 #endif 4697 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4698 } 4699 else if ( p_wiv 4700 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4701 && !gui.in_use 4702 #endif 4703 && col + coloff > 0) 4704 { 4705 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 4706 { 4707 /* 4708 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 4709 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 4710 */ 4711 screen_attr = 0; 4712 } 4713 else if (screen_attr != 0) 4714 screen_stop_highlight(); 4715 } 4716 4717 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 4718 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 4719 col += CHAR_CELLS; 4720 } 4721 4722 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4723 if (clear_next) 4724 { 4725 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 4726 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 4727 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 4728 if (enc_utf8) 4729 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 4730 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4731 } 4732 #endif 4733 4734 if (clear_width > 0 4735 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4736 && !rlflag 4737 #endif 4738 ) 4739 { 4740 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4741 int startCol = col; 4742 #endif 4743 4744 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 4745 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 4746 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 4747 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4748 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 4749 #endif 4750 ) 4751 { 4752 ++off_to; 4753 ++col; 4754 } 4755 if (col < clear_width) 4756 { 4757 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4758 /* 4759 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 4760 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 4761 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 4762 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 4763 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 4764 */ 4765 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this) 4766 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4767 && enc_dbcs == 0 4768 # endif 4769 ) 4770 { 4771 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 4772 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 4773 screen_char(off_to - 1, row, col + coloff - 1); 4774 } 4775 #endif 4776 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 4777 ' ', ' ', 0); 4778 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4779 off_to += clear_width - col; 4780 col = clear_width; 4781 #endif 4782 } 4783 } 4784 4785 if (clear_width > 0) 4786 { 4787 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4788 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 4789 if (col + coloff < Columns) 4790 { 4791 int c; 4792 4793 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 4794 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c 4795 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4796 || (enc_utf8 4797 && ScreenLinesUC[off_to] != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 4798 # endif 4799 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 4800 { 4801 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 4802 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 4803 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4804 if (enc_utf8) 4805 { 4806 if (c >= 0x80) 4807 { 4808 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 4809 ScreenLinesC1[off_to] = 0; 4810 ScreenLinesC2[off_to] = 0; 4811 } 4812 else 4813 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 4814 } 4815 # endif 4816 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 4817 } 4818 } 4819 else 4820 #endif 4821 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 4822 } 4823 } 4824 4825 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4826 /* 4827 * Mirror text "str" for right-lieft displaying. 4828 */ 4829 static void 4830 rl_mirror(str) 4831 char_u *str; 4832 { 4833 char_u *p1, *p2; 4834 int t; 4835 4836 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 4837 { 4838 t = *p1; 4839 *p1 = *p2; 4840 *p2 = t; 4841 } 4842 } 4843 #endif 4844 4845 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 4846 /* 4847 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 4848 */ 4849 void 4850 status_redraw_all() 4851 { 4852 win_T *wp; 4853 4854 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 4855 if (wp->w_status_height) 4856 { 4857 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 4858 redraw_later(VALID); 4859 } 4860 } 4861 4862 /* 4863 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 4864 */ 4865 void 4866 status_redraw_curbuf() 4867 { 4868 win_T *wp; 4869 4870 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 4871 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 4872 { 4873 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 4874 redraw_later(VALID); 4875 } 4876 } 4877 4878 /* 4879 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 4880 */ 4881 void 4882 redraw_statuslines() 4883 { 4884 win_T *wp; 4885 4886 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 4887 if (wp->w_redr_status) 4888 win_redr_status(wp); 4889 } 4890 #endif 4891 4892 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) 4893 /* 4894 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 4895 */ 4896 void 4897 win_redraw_last_status(frp) 4898 frame_T *frp; 4899 { 4900 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 4901 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 4902 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 4903 { 4904 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 4905 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 4906 } 4907 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 4908 { 4909 frp = frp->fr_child; 4910 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 4911 frp = frp->fr_next; 4912 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 4913 } 4914 } 4915 #endif 4916 4917 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4918 /* 4919 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 4920 */ 4921 static void 4922 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) 4923 win_T *wp; 4924 int row; 4925 { 4926 int hl; 4927 int c; 4928 4929 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 4930 { 4931 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 4932 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 4933 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 4934 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 4935 c, ' ', hl); 4936 } 4937 } 4938 #endif 4939 4940 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 4941 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); 4942 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); 4943 4944 /* 4945 * Get the lenght of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 4946 */ 4947 static int 4948 status_match_len(xp, s) 4949 expand_T *xp; 4950 char_u *s; 4951 { 4952 int len = 0; 4953 4954 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 4955 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 4956 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 4957 4958 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 4959 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 4960 return 1; 4961 #endif 4962 4963 while (*s != NUL) 4964 { 4965 if (skip_status_match_char(xp, s)) 4966 ++s; 4967 len += ptr2cells(s); 4968 mb_ptr_adv(s); 4969 } 4970 4971 return len; 4972 } 4973 4974 /* 4975 * Return TRUE for characters that are not displayed in a status match. 4976 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 4977 */ 4978 static int 4979 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) 4980 expand_T *xp; 4981 char_u *s; 4982 { 4983 return ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 4984 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 4985 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 4986 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 4987 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 4988 #endif 4989 ); 4990 } 4991 4992 /* 4993 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 4994 * Show at least the "match" item. 4995 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 4996 * 4997 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 4998 */ 4999 void 5000 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) 5001 expand_T *xp; 5002 int num_matches; 5003 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ 5004 int match; 5005 int showtail; 5006 { 5007 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 5008 int row; 5009 char_u *buf; 5010 int len; 5011 int clen; /* lenght in screen cells */ 5012 int fillchar; 5013 int attr; 5014 int i; 5015 int highlight = TRUE; 5016 char_u *selstart = NULL; 5017 int selstart_col = 0; 5018 char_u *selend = NULL; 5019 static int first_match = 0; 5020 int add_left = FALSE; 5021 char_u *s; 5022 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5023 int emenu; 5024 #endif 5025 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 5026 int l; 5027 #endif 5028 5029 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 5030 return; 5031 5032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5033 if (has_mbyte) 5034 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 5035 else 5036 #endif 5037 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 5038 if (buf == NULL) 5039 return; 5040 5041 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 5042 { 5043 match = 0; 5044 highlight = FALSE; 5045 } 5046 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 5047 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 5048 if (match == 0) 5049 first_match = 0; 5050 else if (match < first_match) 5051 { 5052 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 5053 first_match = match; 5054 add_left = TRUE; 5055 } 5056 else 5057 { 5058 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 5059 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 5060 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 5061 if (first_match > 0) 5062 clen += 2; 5063 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 5064 if ((long)clen > Columns) 5065 { 5066 first_match = match; 5067 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 5068 clen = 2; 5069 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 5070 { 5071 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 5072 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 5073 break; 5074 } 5075 if (i == num_matches) 5076 add_left = TRUE; 5077 } 5078 } 5079 if (add_left) 5080 while (first_match > 0) 5081 { 5082 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 5083 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 5084 break; 5085 --first_match; 5086 } 5087 5088 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); 5089 5090 if (first_match == 0) 5091 { 5092 *buf = NUL; 5093 len = 0; 5094 } 5095 else 5096 { 5097 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 5098 len = 2; 5099 } 5100 clen = len; 5101 5102 i = first_match; 5103 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 5104 { 5105 if (i == match) 5106 { 5107 selstart = buf + len; 5108 selstart_col = clen; 5109 } 5110 5111 s = L_MATCH(i); 5112 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 5113 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5114 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 5115 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 5116 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 5117 { 5118 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 5119 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 5120 len += l; 5121 clen += l; 5122 } 5123 else 5124 #endif 5125 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 5126 { 5127 if (skip_status_match_char(xp, s)) 5128 ++s; 5129 clen += ptr2cells(s); 5130 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5131 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(s)) > 1) 5132 { 5133 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 5134 s += l - 1; 5135 len += l; 5136 } 5137 else 5138 #endif 5139 { 5140 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 5141 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 5142 } 5143 } 5144 if (i == match) 5145 selend = buf + len; 5146 5147 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 5148 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 5149 clen += 2; 5150 if (++i == num_matches) 5151 break; 5152 } 5153 5154 if (i != num_matches) 5155 { 5156 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 5157 ++clen; 5158 } 5159 5160 buf[len] = NUL; 5161 5162 row = cmdline_row - 1; 5163 if (row >= 0) 5164 { 5165 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 5166 { 5167 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 5168 { 5169 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 5170 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 5171 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 5172 { 5173 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); 5174 ++msg_scrolled; 5175 } 5176 else 5177 { 5178 ++cmdline_row; 5179 ++row; 5180 } 5181 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 5182 } 5183 else 5184 { 5185 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 5186 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 5187 * resized. */ 5188 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 5189 { 5190 save_p_ls = p_ls; 5191 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 5192 p_ls = 2; 5193 p_wmh = 0; 5194 last_status(FALSE); 5195 } 5196 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 5197 } 5198 } 5199 5200 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 5201 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 5202 { 5203 *selend = NUL; 5204 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); 5205 } 5206 5207 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 5208 } 5209 5210 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5211 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 5212 #else 5213 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5214 #endif 5215 vim_free(buf); 5216 } 5217 #endif 5218 5219 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 5220 /* 5221 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 5222 * 5223 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 5224 */ 5225 void 5226 win_redr_status(wp) 5227 win_T *wp; 5228 { 5229 int row; 5230 char_u *p; 5231 int len; 5232 int fillchar; 5233 int attr; 5234 int this_ru_col; 5235 5236 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 5237 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 5238 { 5239 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 5240 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 5241 } 5242 else if (!redrawing()) 5243 { 5244 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 5245 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5246 } 5247 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 5248 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 5249 { 5250 /* redraw custom status line */ 5251 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 5252 } 5253 #endif 5254 else 5255 { 5256 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5257 5258 if (buf_spname(wp->w_buffer) != NULL) 5259 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(wp->w_buffer)); 5260 else 5261 home_replace(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_buffer->b_fname, NameBuff, 5262 MAXPATHL, TRUE); 5263 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 5264 p = NameBuff; 5265 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5266 5267 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help 5268 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5269 || wp->w_p_pvw 5270 #endif 5271 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 5272 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 5273 *(p + len++) = ' '; 5274 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) 5275 { 5276 STRCPY(p + len, _("[help]")); 5277 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 5278 } 5279 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5280 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 5281 { 5282 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 5283 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 5284 } 5285 #endif 5286 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 5287 { 5288 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 5289 len += 3; 5290 } 5291 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 5292 { 5293 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]"); 5294 len += 4; 5295 } 5296 5297 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5298 this_ru_col = ru_col; 5299 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) 5300 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 5301 #else 5302 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 5303 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 5304 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 5305 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 5306 { 5307 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 5308 len = 1; 5309 } 5310 else 5311 #endif 5312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5313 if (has_mbyte) 5314 { 5315 int clen = 0, i; 5316 5317 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 5318 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + i)) 5319 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 5320 /* Find first character that will fit. 5321 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 5322 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 5323 i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + i)) 5324 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 5325 len = clen; 5326 if (i > 0) 5327 { 5328 p = p + i - 1; 5329 *p = '<'; 5330 ++len; 5331 } 5332 5333 } 5334 else 5335 #endif 5336 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 5337 { 5338 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 5339 *p = '<'; 5340 len = this_ru_col - 1; 5341 } 5342 5343 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 5344 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); 5345 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), 5346 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); 5347 5348 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 5349 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 5350 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 5351 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); 5352 5353 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5354 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 5355 #endif 5356 } 5357 5358 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5359 /* 5360 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 5361 */ 5362 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 5363 { 5364 if (stl_connected(wp)) 5365 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5366 else 5367 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 5368 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 5369 attr); 5370 } 5371 #endif 5372 } 5373 5374 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5375 /* 5376 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 5377 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 5378 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 5379 */ 5380 int 5381 stl_connected(wp) 5382 win_T *wp; 5383 { 5384 frame_T *fr; 5385 5386 fr = wp->w_frame; 5387 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 5388 { 5389 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 5390 { 5391 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 5392 break; 5393 } 5394 else 5395 { 5396 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 5397 return TRUE; 5398 } 5399 fr = fr->fr_parent; 5400 } 5401 return FALSE; 5402 } 5403 # endif 5404 5405 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ 5406 5407 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 5408 /* 5409 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 5410 */ 5411 int 5412 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) 5413 win_T *wp; 5414 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ 5415 int len; /* length of buffer */ 5416 { 5417 char_u *p; 5418 5419 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 5420 return FALSE; 5421 5422 { 5423 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5424 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 5425 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 5426 char_u *s; 5427 5428 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 5429 curwin = wp; 5430 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 5431 ++emsg_skip; 5432 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL); 5433 --emsg_skip; 5434 curbuf = old_curbuf; 5435 curwin = old_curwin; 5436 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 5437 #endif 5438 { 5439 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 5440 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 5441 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 5442 else 5443 #endif 5444 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 5445 } 5446 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) 5447 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); 5448 else 5449 buf[0] = NUL; 5450 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5451 vim_free(s); 5452 #endif 5453 } 5454 return buf[0] != NUL; 5455 } 5456 #endif 5457 5458 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 5459 /* 5460 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window wp. 5461 */ 5462 static void 5463 win_redr_custom(wp, Ruler) 5464 win_T *wp; 5465 int Ruler; 5466 { 5467 int attr; 5468 int curattr; 5469 int row; 5470 int col = 0; 5471 int maxwidth; 5472 int width; 5473 int n; 5474 int len; 5475 int fillchar; 5476 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 5477 char_u *p; 5478 struct stl_hlrec hl[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 5479 5480 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 5481 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 5482 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5483 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 5484 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 5485 p = wp->w_p_stl; 5486 else 5487 p = p_stl; 5488 if (Ruler) 5489 { 5490 p = p_ruf; 5491 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 5492 if (*p == '%') 5493 { 5494 if (*++p == '-') 5495 p++; 5496 if (atoi((char *) p)) 5497 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 5498 p++; 5499 if (*p++ != '(') 5500 p = p_ruf; 5501 } 5502 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5503 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 5504 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 5505 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 5506 #else 5507 col = ru_col; 5508 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) 5509 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 5510 #endif 5511 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 5512 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5513 if (!wp->w_status_height) 5514 #endif 5515 { 5516 row = Rows - 1; 5517 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 5518 fillchar = ' '; 5519 attr = 0; 5520 } 5521 } 5522 if (maxwidth <= 0) 5523 return; 5524 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5525 col += W_WINCOL(wp); 5526 #endif 5527 5528 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp, buf, sizeof(buf), p, fillchar, maxwidth, hl); 5529 len = STRLEN(buf); 5530 5531 while (width < maxwidth && len < sizeof(buf) - 1) 5532 { 5533 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5534 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 5535 #else 5536 buf[len++] = fillchar; 5537 #endif 5538 ++width; 5539 } 5540 buf[len] = NUL; 5541 5542 curattr = attr; 5543 p = buf; 5544 for (n = 0; hl[n].start != NULL; n++) 5545 { 5546 len = (int)(hl[n].start - p); 5547 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 5548 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 5549 p = hl[n].start; 5550 5551 if (hl[n].userhl == 0) 5552 curattr = attr; 5553 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5554 else if (wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 5555 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hl[n].userhl - 1]; 5556 #endif 5557 else 5558 curattr = highlight_user[hl[n].userhl - 1]; 5559 } 5560 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 5561 } 5562 5563 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 5564 5565 /* 5566 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 5567 */ 5568 void 5569 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) 5570 int c; 5571 int row, col; 5572 int attr; 5573 { 5574 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5575 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 5576 5577 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 5578 #else 5579 char_u buf[2]; 5580 5581 buf[0] = c; 5582 buf[1] = NUL; 5583 #endif 5584 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 5585 } 5586 5587 /* 5588 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 5589 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 5590 */ 5591 void 5592 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) 5593 int row, col; 5594 char_u *bytes; 5595 int *attrp; 5596 { 5597 unsigned off; 5598 5599 /* safety check */ 5600 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 5601 { 5602 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 5603 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 5604 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 5605 bytes[1] = NUL; 5606 5607 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5608 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 5609 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 5610 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 5611 { 5612 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 5613 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 5614 bytes[2] = NUL; 5615 } 5616 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 5617 { 5618 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 5619 bytes[2] = NUL; 5620 } 5621 #endif 5622 } 5623 } 5624 5625 /* 5626 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 5627 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 5628 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 5629 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 5630 */ 5631 void 5632 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) 5633 char_u *text; 5634 int row; 5635 int col; 5636 int attr; 5637 { 5638 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 5639 } 5640 5641 /* 5642 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 5643 * a NUL. 5644 */ 5645 void 5646 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr) 5647 char_u *text; 5648 int len; 5649 int row; 5650 int col; 5651 int attr; 5652 { 5653 unsigned off; 5654 char_u *ptr = text; 5655 int c; 5656 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5657 int mbyte_blen = 1; 5658 int mbyte_cells = 1; 5659 int u8c = 0; 5660 int u8c_c1 = 0; 5661 int u8c_c2 = 0; 5662 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 5663 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 5664 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 5665 int pc, nc, nc1, dummy; 5666 # endif 5667 #endif 5668 5669 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 5670 return; 5671 5672 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 5673 while (*ptr != NUL && col < screen_Columns 5674 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)) 5675 { 5676 c = *ptr; 5677 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5678 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 5679 if (has_mbyte) 5680 { 5681 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 5682 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_check_len(ptr, 5683 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 5684 else 5685 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr); 5686 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 5687 mbyte_cells = 1; 5688 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 5689 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 5690 else /* enc_utf8 */ 5691 { 5692 if (len >= 0) 5693 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2, 5694 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 5695 else 5696 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, &u8c_c1, &u8c_c2); 5697 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 5698 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 5699 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 5700 { 5701 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 5702 if (attr == 0) 5703 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 5704 } 5705 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 5706 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 5707 { 5708 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 5709 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 5710 { 5711 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 5712 nc = NUL; 5713 nc1 = NUL; 5714 } 5715 else 5716 nc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mbyte_blen, &nc1, &dummy); 5717 pc = prev_c; 5718 prev_c = u8c; 5719 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8c_c1, nc, nc1, pc); 5720 } 5721 else 5722 prev_c = u8c; 5723 # endif 5724 } 5725 } 5726 #endif 5727 5728 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 5729 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5730 || (mbyte_cells == 2 5731 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 5732 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 5733 && c == 0x8e 5734 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 5735 || (enc_utf8 5736 && mbyte_blen > 1 5737 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != u8c 5738 || ScreenLinesC1[off] != u8c_c1 5739 || ScreenLinesC2[off] != u8c_c2)) 5740 #endif 5741 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 5742 || exmode_active 5743 ) 5744 { 5745 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 5746 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 5747 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 5748 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 5749 * and for some xterms. 5750 * Force the redraw by setting the attribute to a different value 5751 * than "attr", the contents of ScreenLines[] may be needed by 5752 * mb_off2cells() further on. 5753 * Don't do this for the last drawn character, because the next 5754 * character may not be redrawn. */ 5755 if ( 5756 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 5757 gui.in_use 5758 # endif 5759 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 5760 || 5761 # endif 5762 # ifdef UNIX 5763 term_is_xterm 5764 # endif 5765 ) 5766 { 5767 int n; 5768 5769 n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 5770 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5771 if (col + mbyte_cells < screen_Columns 5772 && (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD)) 5773 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] != NUL 5774 : ptr + mbyte_blen < text + len)) 5775 ScreenAttrs[off + mbyte_cells] = attr + 1; 5776 # else 5777 if (col + 1 < screen_Columns 5778 && (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD)) 5779 && (len < 0 ? ptr[1] != NUL : ptr + 1 < text + len)) 5780 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 5781 # endif 5782 } 5783 #endif 5784 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5785 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 5786 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 5787 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 5788 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 5789 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 5790 if (clear_next_cell) 5791 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 5792 else if (has_mbyte 5793 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 5794 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 5795 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) > 1) 5796 || (mbyte_cells == 2 5797 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) == 1 5798 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1) > 1))) 5799 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 5800 5801 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 5802 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 5803 if (enc_dbcs 5804 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) > 1) 5805 || (mbyte_cells == 2 5806 && (*mb_off2cells)(off) == 1 5807 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1) > 1))) 5808 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 5809 #endif 5810 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5811 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 5812 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5813 if (enc_utf8) 5814 { 5815 if (c < 0x80 && u8c_c1 == 0 && u8c_c2 == 0) 5816 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5817 else 5818 { 5819 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 5820 ScreenLinesC1[off] = u8c_c1; 5821 ScreenLinesC2[off] = u8c_c2; 5822 } 5823 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 5824 { 5825 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 5826 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 5827 } 5828 screen_char(off, row, col); 5829 } 5830 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 5831 { 5832 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 5833 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 5834 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 5835 } 5836 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 5837 { 5838 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 5839 screen_char(off, row, col); 5840 } 5841 else 5842 #endif 5843 screen_char(off, row, col); 5844 } 5845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5846 if (has_mbyte) 5847 { 5848 off += mbyte_cells; 5849 col += mbyte_cells; 5850 ptr += mbyte_blen; 5851 if (clear_next_cell) 5852 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 5853 } 5854 else 5855 #endif 5856 { 5857 ++off; 5858 ++col; 5859 ++ptr; 5860 } 5861 } 5862 } 5863 5864 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5865 /* 5866 * Prepare for 'searchhl' highlighting. 5867 */ 5868 static void 5869 start_search_hl() 5870 { 5871 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 5872 { 5873 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 5874 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 5875 } 5876 } 5877 5878 /* 5879 * Clean up for 'searchhl' highlighting. 5880 */ 5881 static void 5882 end_search_hl() 5883 { 5884 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 5885 { 5886 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog); 5887 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 5888 } 5889 } 5890 5891 /* 5892 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 5893 */ 5894 static void 5895 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) 5896 win_T *wp; 5897 linenr_T lnum; 5898 { 5899 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or match_hl */ 5900 int n; 5901 5902 /* 5903 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 5904 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 5905 * Do this both for search_hl and match_hl. 5906 */ 5907 shl = &search_hl; 5908 for (;;) 5909 { 5910 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 5911 && shl->lnum == 0 5912 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 5913 { 5914 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 5915 { 5916 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5917 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 5918 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 5919 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 5920 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 5921 break; 5922 # else 5923 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 5924 # endif 5925 } 5926 n = 0; 5927 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 5928 { 5929 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n); 5930 if (shl->lnum != 0) 5931 { 5932 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 5933 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 5934 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 5935 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 5936 } 5937 else 5938 { 5939 ++shl->first_lnum; 5940 n = 0; 5941 } 5942 } 5943 } 5944 if (shl == &match_hl) 5945 break; 5946 shl = &match_hl; 5947 } 5948 } 5949 5950 /* 5951 * Search for a next 'searchl' or ":match" match. 5952 * Uses shl->buf. 5953 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 5954 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 5955 * shl->lnum is zero. 5956 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 5957 */ 5958 static void 5959 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol) 5960 win_T *win; 5961 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or match_hl */ 5962 linenr_T lnum; 5963 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ 5964 { 5965 linenr_T l; 5966 colnr_T matchcol; 5967 long nmatched; 5968 5969 if (shl->lnum != 0) 5970 { 5971 /* Check for three situations: 5972 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 5973 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 5974 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 5975 */ 5976 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 5977 if (lnum > l) 5978 shl->lnum = 0; 5979 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 5980 return; 5981 } 5982 5983 /* 5984 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 5985 * or none is found in this line. 5986 */ 5987 called_emsg = FALSE; 5988 for (;;) 5989 { 5990 /* Three situations: 5991 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 5992 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 5993 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 5994 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 5995 */ 5996 if (shl->lnum == 0) 5997 matchcol = 0; 5998 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 5999 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 6000 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col == shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 6001 { 6002 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col + 1; 6003 if (ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE)[matchcol - 1] == NUL) 6004 { 6005 shl->lnum = 0; 6006 break; 6007 } 6008 } 6009 else 6010 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 6011 6012 shl->lnum = lnum; 6013 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol); 6014 if (called_emsg) 6015 { 6016 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 6017 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog); 6018 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 6019 no_hlsearch = TRUE; 6020 break; 6021 } 6022 if (nmatched == 0) 6023 { 6024 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 6025 break; 6026 } 6027 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 6028 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 6029 || nmatched > 1 6030 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 6031 { 6032 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 6033 break; /* useful match found */ 6034 } 6035 } 6036 } 6037 #endif 6038 6039 static void 6040 screen_start_highlight(attr) 6041 int attr; 6042 { 6043 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 6044 6045 screen_attr = attr; 6046 if (full_screen 6047 #ifdef WIN3264 6048 && termcap_active 6049 #endif 6050 ) 6051 { 6052 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6053 if (gui.in_use) 6054 { 6055 char buf[20]; 6056 6057 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); /* internal GUI code */ 6058 OUT_STR(buf); 6059 } 6060 else 6061 #endif 6062 { 6063 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 6064 { 6065 if (t_colors > 1) 6066 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 6067 else 6068 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 6069 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 6070 attr = 0; 6071 else 6072 attr = aep->ae_attr; 6073 } 6074 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 6075 out_str(T_MD); 6076 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 6077 out_str(T_SO); 6078 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) 6079 /* underline or undercurl */ 6080 out_str(T_US); 6081 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 6082 out_str(T_CZH); 6083 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 6084 out_str(T_MR); 6085 6086 /* 6087 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 6088 * bold etc. override the color setting. 6089 */ 6090 if (aep != NULL) 6091 { 6092 if (t_colors > 1) 6093 { 6094 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 6095 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 6096 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 6097 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 6098 } 6099 else 6100 { 6101 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 6102 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 6103 } 6104 } 6105 } 6106 } 6107 } 6108 6109 void 6110 screen_stop_highlight() 6111 { 6112 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 6113 6114 if (screen_attr != 0 6115 #ifdef WIN3264 6116 && termcap_active 6117 #endif 6118 ) 6119 { 6120 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6121 if (gui.in_use) 6122 { 6123 char buf[20]; 6124 6125 /* use internal GUI code */ 6126 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 6127 OUT_STR(buf); 6128 } 6129 else 6130 #endif 6131 { 6132 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 6133 { 6134 attrentry_T *aep; 6135 6136 if (t_colors > 1) 6137 { 6138 /* 6139 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 6140 */ 6141 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 6142 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 6143 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) 6144 do_ME = TRUE; 6145 } 6146 else 6147 { 6148 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 6149 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 6150 { 6151 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 6152 do_ME = TRUE; 6153 else 6154 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 6155 } 6156 } 6157 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 6158 screen_attr = 0; 6159 else 6160 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 6161 } 6162 6163 /* 6164 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 6165 * same sequence several times. 6166 */ 6167 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 6168 { 6169 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 6170 do_ME = TRUE; 6171 else 6172 out_str(T_SE); 6173 } 6174 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) 6175 { 6176 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 6177 do_ME = TRUE; 6178 else 6179 out_str(T_UE); 6180 } 6181 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 6182 { 6183 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 6184 do_ME = TRUE; 6185 else 6186 out_str(T_CZR); 6187 } 6188 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 6189 out_str(T_ME); 6190 6191 if (t_colors > 1) 6192 { 6193 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 6194 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 6195 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 6196 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 6197 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 6198 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 6199 out_str(T_MD); 6200 } 6201 } 6202 } 6203 screen_attr = 0; 6204 } 6205 6206 /* 6207 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 6208 * The machine specific code may override this again. 6209 */ 6210 void 6211 reset_cterm_colors() 6212 { 6213 if (t_colors > 1) 6214 { 6215 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 6216 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 6217 { 6218 out_str(T_OP); 6219 screen_attr = -1; 6220 } 6221 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 6222 { 6223 out_str(T_ME); 6224 screen_attr = -1; 6225 } 6226 } 6227 } 6228 6229 /* 6230 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 6231 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 6232 */ 6233 static void 6234 screen_char(off, row, col) 6235 unsigned off; 6236 int row; 6237 int col; 6238 { 6239 int attr; 6240 6241 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 6242 * resizing). */ 6243 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 6244 return; 6245 6246 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 6247 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 6248 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 6249 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6250 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 6251 && !cmdmsg_rl 6252 #endif 6253 ) 6254 { 6255 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 6256 return; 6257 } 6258 6259 /* 6260 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 6261 */ 6262 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 6263 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 6264 attr = screen_char_attr; 6265 else 6266 #endif 6267 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 6268 if (screen_attr != attr) 6269 screen_stop_highlight(); 6270 6271 windgoto(row, col); 6272 6273 if (screen_attr != attr) 6274 screen_start_highlight(attr); 6275 6276 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6277 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 6278 { 6279 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6280 6281 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 6282 6283 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 6284 6285 out_str(buf); 6286 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 6287 ++screen_cur_col; 6288 } 6289 else 6290 #endif 6291 { 6292 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6293 out_flush_check(); 6294 #endif 6295 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 6296 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6297 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 6298 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 6299 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 6300 #endif 6301 } 6302 6303 screen_cur_col++; 6304 } 6305 6306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6307 6308 /* 6309 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 6310 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 6311 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 6312 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 6313 */ 6314 static void 6315 screen_char_2(off, row, col) 6316 unsigned off; 6317 int row; 6318 int col; 6319 { 6320 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 6321 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 6322 return; 6323 6324 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 6325 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 6326 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 6327 { 6328 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 6329 return; 6330 } 6331 6332 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 6333 * second byte directly. */ 6334 screen_char(off, row, col); 6335 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 6336 ++screen_cur_col; 6337 } 6338 #endif 6339 6340 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) 6341 /* 6342 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 6343 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 6344 */ 6345 void 6346 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) 6347 int row; 6348 int col; 6349 int height; 6350 int width; 6351 int invert; 6352 { 6353 int r, c; 6354 int off; 6355 6356 if (invert) 6357 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 6358 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 6359 { 6360 off = LineOffset[r]; 6361 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 6362 { 6363 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6364 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c) > 1) 6365 { 6366 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 6367 ++c; 6368 } 6369 else 6370 #endif 6371 { 6372 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 6373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6374 if (utf_off2cells(off + c) > 1) 6375 ++c; 6376 #endif 6377 } 6378 } 6379 } 6380 screen_char_attr = 0; 6381 } 6382 #endif 6383 6384 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6385 /* 6386 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 6387 */ 6388 static void 6389 redraw_block(row, end, wp) 6390 int row; 6391 int end; 6392 win_T *wp; 6393 { 6394 int col; 6395 int width; 6396 6397 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6398 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 6399 # endif 6400 6401 if (wp == NULL) 6402 { 6403 col = 0; 6404 width = Columns; 6405 } 6406 else 6407 { 6408 col = wp->w_wincol; 6409 width = wp->w_width; 6410 } 6411 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 6412 } 6413 #endif 6414 6415 /* 6416 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 6417 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 6418 * Use attributes 'attr'. 6419 */ 6420 void 6421 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) 6422 int start_row, end_row; 6423 int start_col, end_col; 6424 int c1, c2; 6425 int attr; 6426 { 6427 int row; 6428 int col; 6429 int off; 6430 int end_off; 6431 int did_delete; 6432 int c; 6433 int norm_term; 6434 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6435 int force_next = FALSE; 6436 #endif 6437 6438 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 6439 end_row = screen_Rows; 6440 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 6441 end_col = screen_Columns; 6442 if (ScreenLines == NULL 6443 || start_row >= end_row 6444 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 6445 return; 6446 6447 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 6448 norm_term = ( 6449 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6450 !gui.in_use && 6451 #endif 6452 t_colors <= 1); 6453 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 6454 { 6455 /* 6456 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 6457 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 6458 * space. 6459 */ 6460 did_delete = FALSE; 6461 if (c2 == ' ' 6462 && end_col == Columns 6463 && can_clear(T_CE) 6464 && (attr == 0 6465 || (norm_term 6466 && attr <= HL_ALL 6467 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 6468 { 6469 /* 6470 * check if we really need to clear something 6471 */ 6472 col = start_col; 6473 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 6474 ++col; 6475 6476 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 6477 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 6478 6479 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 6480 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6481 if (enc_utf8) 6482 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 6483 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 6484 ++off; 6485 else 6486 #endif 6487 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 6488 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 6489 ++off; 6490 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 6491 { 6492 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 6493 screen_stop_highlight(); 6494 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 6495 out_str(T_CE); 6496 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6497 col = end_col - col; 6498 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 6499 { 6500 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 6501 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6502 if (enc_utf8) 6503 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 6504 #endif 6505 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; 6506 ++off; 6507 } 6508 } 6509 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 6510 } 6511 6512 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 6513 c = c1; 6514 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 6515 { 6516 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 6517 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6518 || (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6519 #endif 6520 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 6521 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6522 || force_next 6523 #endif 6524 ) 6525 { 6526 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6527 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 6528 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 6529 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 6530 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 6531 if ( 6532 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6533 gui.in_use 6534 # endif 6535 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6536 || 6537 # endif 6538 # ifdef UNIX 6539 term_is_xterm 6540 # endif 6541 ) 6542 { 6543 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 6544 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 6545 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 6546 force_next = TRUE; 6547 else 6548 force_next = FALSE; 6549 } 6550 #endif 6551 ScreenLines[off] = c; 6552 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6553 if (enc_utf8) 6554 { 6555 if (c >= 0x80) 6556 { 6557 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 6558 ScreenLinesC1[off] = 0; 6559 ScreenLinesC2[off] = 0; 6560 } 6561 else 6562 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 6563 } 6564 #endif 6565 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 6566 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 6567 screen_char(off, row, col); 6568 } 6569 ++off; 6570 if (col == start_col) 6571 { 6572 if (did_delete) 6573 break; 6574 c = c2; 6575 } 6576 } 6577 if (end_col == Columns) 6578 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6579 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 6580 { 6581 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6582 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 6583 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 6584 } 6585 } 6586 } 6587 6588 /* 6589 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 6590 * screen or the command line. 6591 */ 6592 void 6593 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) 6594 int check_msg_scroll; 6595 { 6596 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 6597 && !did_wait_return 6598 && emsg_silent == 0) 6599 { 6600 out_flush(); 6601 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 6602 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 6603 if (check_msg_scroll) 6604 msg_scroll = FALSE; 6605 } 6606 } 6607 6608 /* 6609 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 6610 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 6611 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 6612 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 6613 */ 6614 int 6615 screen_valid(clear) 6616 int clear; 6617 { 6618 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 6619 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 6620 } 6621 6622 /* 6623 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 6624 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 6625 * 6626 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 6627 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 6628 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 6629 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 6630 * final size of the shell is needed. 6631 */ 6632 void 6633 screenalloc(clear) 6634 int clear; 6635 { 6636 int new_row, old_row; 6637 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6638 int old_Rows; 6639 #endif 6640 win_T *wp; 6641 int outofmem = FALSE; 6642 int len; 6643 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 6644 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6645 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 6646 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC1 = NULL; 6647 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC2 = NULL; 6648 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 6649 #endif 6650 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 6651 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 6652 char_u *new_LineWraps; 6653 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 6654 6655 /* 6656 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 6657 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 6658 * screen stuff. 6659 */ 6660 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 6661 && Rows == screen_Rows 6662 && Columns == screen_Columns 6663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6664 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 6665 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 6666 #endif 6667 ) 6668 || Rows == 0 6669 || Columns == 0 6670 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 6671 return; 6672 6673 /* 6674 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 6675 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 6676 * return here. 6677 */ 6678 if (entered) 6679 return; 6680 entered = TRUE; 6681 6682 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 6683 6684 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 6685 6686 /* 6687 * We're changing the size of the screen. 6688 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 6689 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 6690 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 6691 * - Free the old arrays. 6692 * 6693 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 6694 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 6695 * size is wrong. 6696 */ 6697 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6698 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 6699 win_free_lsize(wp); 6700 #else 6701 win_free_lsize(curwin); 6702 #endif 6703 6704 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6705 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 6706 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6707 if (enc_utf8) 6708 { 6709 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6710 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 6711 new_ScreenLinesC1 = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6712 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 6713 new_ScreenLinesC2 = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6714 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 6715 } 6716 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6717 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6718 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 6719 #endif 6720 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 6721 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 6722 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 6723 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 6724 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 6725 6726 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6727 { 6728 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 6729 { 6730 outofmem = TRUE; 6731 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6732 break; 6733 #endif 6734 } 6735 } 6736 6737 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 6738 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6739 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL 6740 || new_ScreenLinesC1 == NULL || new_ScreenLinesC2 == NULL)) 6741 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 6742 #endif 6743 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 6744 || new_LineOffset == NULL 6745 || new_LineWraps == NULL 6746 || outofmem) 6747 { 6748 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); /* guess the size */ 6749 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 6750 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 6751 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6752 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 6753 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 6754 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC1); 6755 new_ScreenLinesC1 = NULL; 6756 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC2); 6757 new_ScreenLinesC2 = NULL; 6758 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 6759 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 6760 #endif 6761 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 6762 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 6763 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 6764 new_LineOffset = NULL; 6765 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 6766 new_LineWraps = NULL; 6767 } 6768 else 6769 { 6770 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 6771 { 6772 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 6773 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 6774 6775 /* 6776 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 6777 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 6778 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 6779 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 6780 */ 6781 if (!clear) 6782 { 6783 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 6784 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 6785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6786 if (enc_utf8) 6787 { 6788 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 6789 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6790 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC1 + new_row * Columns, 6791 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6792 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC2 + new_row * Columns, 6793 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6794 } 6795 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6796 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 6797 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 6798 #endif 6799 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 6800 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 6801 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 6802 if (old_row >= 0) 6803 { 6804 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 6805 len = screen_Columns; 6806 else 6807 len = Columns; 6808 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6809 /* When switching to utf-8 dont copy characters, they 6810 * may be invalid now. */ 6811 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)) 6812 #endif 6813 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6814 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 6815 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 6816 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6817 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 6818 { 6819 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6820 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 6821 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6822 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC1 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6823 ScreenLinesC1 + LineOffset[old_row], 6824 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6825 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6826 ScreenLinesC2 + LineOffset[old_row], 6827 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6828 } 6829 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 6830 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6831 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 6832 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 6833 #endif 6834 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 6835 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 6836 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 6837 } 6838 } 6839 } 6840 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 6841 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 6842 } 6843 6844 free_screenlines(); 6845 6846 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 6847 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6848 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 6849 ScreenLinesC1 = new_ScreenLinesC1; 6850 ScreenLinesC2 = new_ScreenLinesC2; 6851 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 6852 #endif 6853 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 6854 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 6855 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 6856 6857 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 6858 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 6859 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6860 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 6861 #endif 6862 screen_Rows = Rows; 6863 screen_Columns = Columns; 6864 6865 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 6866 if (clear) 6867 screenclear2(); 6868 6869 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6870 else if (gui.in_use 6871 && !gui.starting 6872 && ScreenLines != NULL 6873 && old_Rows != Rows) 6874 { 6875 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 6876 /* 6877 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 6878 * command. 6879 */ 6880 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 6881 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 6882 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 6883 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 6884 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 6885 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 6886 } 6887 #endif 6888 6889 entered = FALSE; 6890 } 6891 6892 void 6893 free_screenlines() 6894 { 6895 vim_free(ScreenLines); 6896 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6897 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 6898 vim_free(ScreenLinesC1); 6899 vim_free(ScreenLinesC2); 6900 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 6901 #endif 6902 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 6903 vim_free(LineOffset); 6904 vim_free(LineWraps); 6905 } 6906 6907 void 6908 screenclear() 6909 { 6910 check_for_delay(FALSE); 6911 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 6912 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 6913 } 6914 6915 static void 6916 screenclear2() 6917 { 6918 int i; 6919 6920 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 6921 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6922 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 6923 #endif 6924 ) 6925 return; 6926 6927 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6928 if (!gui.in_use) 6929 #endif 6930 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 6931 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 6932 6933 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6934 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 6935 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 6936 #endif 6937 6938 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 6939 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 6940 { 6941 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 6942 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 6943 } 6944 6945 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 6946 { 6947 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 6948 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 6949 } 6950 else 6951 { 6952 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 6953 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 6954 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 6955 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 6956 } 6957 6958 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 6959 6960 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 6961 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6962 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 6963 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 6964 compute_cmdrow(); 6965 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 6966 msg_col = 0; 6967 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6968 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 6969 msg_didany = FALSE; 6970 msg_didout = FALSE; 6971 } 6972 6973 /* 6974 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 6975 */ 6976 static void 6977 lineclear(off, width) 6978 unsigned off; 6979 int width; 6980 { 6981 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 6982 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6983 if (enc_utf8) 6984 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 6985 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 6986 #endif 6987 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 6988 } 6989 6990 /* 6991 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 6992 * invalid value. 6993 */ 6994 static void 6995 lineinvalid(off, width) 6996 unsigned off; 6997 int width; 6998 { 6999 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7000 } 7001 7002 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7003 /* 7004 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 7005 */ 7006 static void 7007 linecopy(to, from, wp) 7008 int to; 7009 int from; 7010 win_T *wp; 7011 { 7012 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 7013 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 7014 7015 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 7016 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7017 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7018 if (enc_utf8) 7019 { 7020 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 7021 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7022 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC1 + off_to, ScreenLinesC1 + off_from, 7023 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7024 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC2 + off_to, ScreenLinesC2 + off_from, 7025 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7026 } 7027 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 7028 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 7029 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7030 # endif 7031 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 7032 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7033 } 7034 #endif 7035 7036 /* 7037 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 7038 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 7039 */ 7040 int 7041 can_clear(p) 7042 char_u *p; 7043 { 7044 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 7045 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7046 || gui.in_use 7047 #endif 7048 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); 7049 } 7050 7051 /* 7052 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 7053 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 7054 * code. 7055 */ 7056 void 7057 screen_start() 7058 { 7059 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 7060 } 7061 7062 /* 7063 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 7064 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 7065 * characters sent to the terminal. 7066 */ 7067 void 7068 windgoto(row, col) 7069 int row; 7070 int col; 7071 { 7072 sattr_T *p; 7073 int i; 7074 int plan; 7075 int cost; 7076 int wouldbe_col; 7077 int noinvcurs; 7078 char_u *bs; 7079 int goto_cost; 7080 int attr; 7081 7082 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* asssume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 7083 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 7084 7085 #define PLAN_LE 1 7086 #define PLAN_CR 2 7087 #define PLAN_NL 3 7088 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 7089 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 7090 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 7091 return; 7092 7093 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 7094 { 7095 /* Check for valid position. */ 7096 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 7097 row = 0; 7098 if (row >= screen_Rows) 7099 row = screen_Rows - 1; 7100 if (col >= screen_Columns) 7101 col = screen_Columns - 1; 7102 7103 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 7104 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 7105 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 7106 else 7107 noinvcurs = 0; 7108 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 7109 7110 /* 7111 * Plan how to do the positioning: 7112 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 7113 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 7114 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 7115 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 7116 * 7117 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 7118 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 7119 * 7120 * First check if the highlighting attibutes allow us to write 7121 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 7122 */ 7123 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 7124 { 7125 /* 7126 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 7127 * or T_LE. 7128 */ 7129 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 7130 attr = screen_attr; 7131 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 7132 { 7133 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 7134 if (*T_LE) 7135 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 7136 else 7137 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 7138 if (*bs) 7139 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 7140 else 7141 cost = 999; 7142 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 7143 { 7144 plan = PLAN_CR; 7145 wouldbe_col = 0; 7146 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 7147 } 7148 else 7149 { 7150 plan = PLAN_LE; 7151 wouldbe_col = col; 7152 } 7153 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 7154 { 7155 cost += noinvcurs; 7156 attr = 0; 7157 } 7158 } 7159 7160 /* 7161 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 7162 */ 7163 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 7164 { 7165 plan = PLAN_NL; 7166 wouldbe_col = 0; 7167 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 7168 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 7169 { 7170 cost += noinvcurs; 7171 attr = 0; 7172 } 7173 } 7174 7175 /* 7176 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 7177 */ 7178 else 7179 { 7180 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 7181 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 7182 cost = 0; 7183 } 7184 7185 /* 7186 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 7187 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 7188 */ 7189 i = col - wouldbe_col; 7190 if (i > 0) 7191 cost += i; 7192 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 7193 { 7194 /* 7195 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 7196 * stopping highlighting. 7197 */ 7198 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 7199 while (i && *p++ == attr) 7200 --i; 7201 if (i != 0) 7202 { 7203 /* 7204 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 7205 */ 7206 if (*--p == 0) 7207 { 7208 cost += noinvcurs; 7209 while (i && *p++ == 0) 7210 --i; 7211 } 7212 if (i != 0) 7213 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 7214 } 7215 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7216 if (enc_utf8) 7217 { 7218 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 7219 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 7220 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 7221 { 7222 cost = 999; 7223 break; 7224 } 7225 } 7226 #endif 7227 } 7228 7229 /* 7230 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 7231 */ 7232 if (cost < goto_cost) 7233 { 7234 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 7235 { 7236 if (noinvcurs) 7237 screen_stop_highlight(); 7238 while (screen_cur_col > col) 7239 { 7240 out_str(bs); 7241 --screen_cur_col; 7242 } 7243 } 7244 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 7245 { 7246 if (noinvcurs) 7247 screen_stop_highlight(); 7248 out_char('\r'); 7249 screen_cur_col = 0; 7250 } 7251 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 7252 { 7253 if (noinvcurs) 7254 screen_stop_highlight(); 7255 while (screen_cur_row < row) 7256 { 7257 out_char('\n'); 7258 ++screen_cur_row; 7259 } 7260 screen_cur_col = 0; 7261 } 7262 7263 i = col - screen_cur_col; 7264 if (i > 0) 7265 { 7266 /* 7267 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 7268 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 7269 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 7270 */ 7271 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 7272 { 7273 while (i-- > 0) 7274 out_char(*T_ND); 7275 } 7276 else 7277 { 7278 int off; 7279 7280 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 7281 while (i-- > 0) 7282 { 7283 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 7284 screen_stop_highlight(); 7285 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7286 out_flush_check(); 7287 #endif 7288 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 7289 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7290 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7291 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7292 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 7293 #endif 7294 ++off; 7295 } 7296 } 7297 } 7298 } 7299 } 7300 else 7301 cost = 999; 7302 7303 if (cost >= goto_cost) 7304 { 7305 if (noinvcurs) 7306 screen_stop_highlight(); 7307 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) && 7308 *T_CRI != NUL) 7309 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 7310 else 7311 term_windgoto(row, col); 7312 } 7313 screen_cur_row = row; 7314 screen_cur_col = col; 7315 } 7316 } 7317 7318 /* 7319 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 7320 */ 7321 void 7322 setcursor() 7323 { 7324 if (redrawing()) 7325 { 7326 validate_cursor(); 7327 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 7328 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( 7329 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 7330 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( 7331 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7332 has_mbyte ? (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) : 7333 # endif 7334 1)) : 7335 #endif 7336 curwin->w_wcol)); 7337 } 7338 } 7339 7340 7341 /* 7342 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' 7343 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 7344 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 7345 * scrolling. 7346 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 7347 */ 7348 int 7349 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) 7350 win_T *wp; 7351 int row; 7352 int line_count; 7353 int invalid; 7354 int mayclear; 7355 { 7356 int did_delete; 7357 int nextrow; 7358 int lastrow; 7359 int retval; 7360 7361 if (invalid) 7362 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 7363 7364 if (wp->w_height < 5) 7365 return FAIL; 7366 7367 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 7368 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 7369 7370 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); 7371 if (retval != MAYBE) 7372 return retval; 7373 7374 /* 7375 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 7376 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 7377 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 7378 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 7379 */ 7380 did_delete = FALSE; 7381 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7382 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 7383 { 7384 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 7385 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) 7386 did_delete = TRUE; 7387 else if (wp->w_next) 7388 return FAIL; 7389 } 7390 #endif 7391 /* 7392 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 7393 */ 7394 if (!did_delete) 7395 { 7396 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7397 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7398 #endif 7399 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7400 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); 7401 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 7402 if (lastrow > Rows) 7403 lastrow = Rows; 7404 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 7405 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 7406 ' ', ' ', 0); 7407 } 7408 7409 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) 7410 == FAIL) 7411 { 7412 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 7413 if (did_delete) 7414 { 7415 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7416 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7417 #endif 7418 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 7419 } 7420 return FAIL; 7421 } 7422 7423 return OK; 7424 } 7425 7426 /* 7427 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" 7428 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 7429 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 7430 * scrolling 7431 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 7432 */ 7433 int 7434 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) 7435 win_T *wp; 7436 int row; 7437 int line_count; 7438 int invalid; 7439 int mayclear; 7440 { 7441 int retval; 7442 7443 if (invalid) 7444 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 7445 7446 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 7447 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 7448 7449 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); 7450 if (retval != MAYBE) 7451 return retval; 7452 7453 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 7454 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) 7455 return FAIL; 7456 7457 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7458 /* 7459 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 7460 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 7461 */ 7462 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 7463 { 7464 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 7465 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 7466 { 7467 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7468 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 7469 } 7470 } 7471 /* 7472 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 7473 * command line later. 7474 */ 7475 else 7476 #endif 7477 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7478 return OK; 7479 } 7480 7481 /* 7482 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 7483 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 7484 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 7485 */ 7486 static int 7487 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) 7488 win_T *wp; 7489 int row; 7490 int line_count; 7491 int mayclear; 7492 int del; 7493 { 7494 int retval; 7495 7496 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 7497 return FAIL; 7498 7499 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 7500 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 7501 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7502 && wp->w_width == Columns 7503 #endif 7504 ) 7505 { 7506 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 7507 return FAIL; 7508 } 7509 7510 /* 7511 * Delete all remaining lines 7512 */ 7513 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 7514 { 7515 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 7516 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 7517 ' ', ' ', 0); 7518 return OK; 7519 } 7520 7521 /* 7522 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 7523 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 7524 */ 7525 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 7526 7527 /* 7528 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 7529 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 7530 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 7531 * win_line(). 7532 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 7533 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a 7534 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. 7535 */ 7536 if (scroll_region 7537 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7538 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns 7539 #endif 7540 ) 7541 { 7542 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7543 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 7544 #endif 7545 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 7546 if (del) 7547 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 7548 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); 7549 else 7550 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 7551 wp->w_height - row, wp); 7552 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7553 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 7554 #endif 7555 scroll_region_reset(); 7556 return retval; 7557 } 7558 7559 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7560 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 7561 return FAIL; 7562 #endif 7563 7564 return MAYBE; 7565 } 7566 7567 /* 7568 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 7569 */ 7570 static void 7571 win_rest_invalid(wp) 7572 win_T *wp; 7573 { 7574 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7575 while (wp != NULL) 7576 #else 7577 if (wp != NULL) 7578 #endif 7579 { 7580 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 7581 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7582 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 7583 wp = wp->w_next; 7584 #endif 7585 } 7586 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7587 } 7588 7589 /* 7590 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 7591 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 7592 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 7593 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 7594 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 7595 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 7596 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 7597 */ 7598 7599 /* 7600 * types for inserting or deleting lines 7601 */ 7602 #define USE_T_CAL 1 7603 #define USE_T_CDL 2 7604 #define USE_T_AL 3 7605 #define USE_T_CE 4 7606 #define USE_T_DL 5 7607 #define USE_T_SR 6 7608 #define USE_NL 7 7609 #define USE_T_CD 8 7610 #define USE_REDRAW 9 7611 7612 /* 7613 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 7614 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 7615 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 7616 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 7617 * 7618 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 7619 */ 7620 int 7621 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) 7622 int off; 7623 int row; 7624 int line_count; 7625 int end; 7626 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ 7627 { 7628 int i; 7629 int j; 7630 unsigned temp; 7631 int cursor_row; 7632 int type; 7633 int result_empty; 7634 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 7635 7636 /* 7637 * FAIL if 7638 * - there is no valid screen 7639 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 7640 * - the line count is less than one 7641 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 7642 */ 7643 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) 7644 return FAIL; 7645 7646 /* 7647 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 7648 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 7649 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 7650 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 7651 * the insert is just empty lines 7652 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 7653 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 7654 * at once. 7655 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 7656 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 7657 * 1. 7658 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 7659 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 7660 * just empty lines. 7661 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 7662 * just empty lines. 7663 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 7664 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 7665 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 7666 * 7667 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 7668 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 7669 * exists. 7670 */ 7671 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 7672 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7673 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 7674 type = USE_REDRAW; 7675 else 7676 #endif 7677 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 7678 type = USE_T_CD; 7679 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 7680 type = USE_T_CAL; 7681 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 7682 type = USE_T_CDL; 7683 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 7684 type = USE_T_AL; 7685 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 7686 type = USE_T_CE; 7687 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 7688 type = USE_T_DL; 7689 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 7690 type = USE_T_SR; 7691 else 7692 return FAIL; 7693 7694 /* 7695 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 7696 * care of t_db if necessary. 7697 */ 7698 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 7699 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 7700 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 7701 7702 /* 7703 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 7704 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 7705 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 7706 */ 7707 if (*T_DB) 7708 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 7709 7710 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 7711 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 7712 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 7713 if (off + row > 0 7714 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7715 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 7716 # endif 7717 ) 7718 clip_clear_selection(); 7719 else 7720 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 7721 #endif 7722 7723 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7724 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 7725 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 7726 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 7727 #endif 7728 7729 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 7730 cursor_row = row; 7731 else 7732 cursor_row = row + off; 7733 7734 /* 7735 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 7736 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 7737 */ 7738 row += off; 7739 end += off; 7740 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 7741 { 7742 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7743 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 7744 { 7745 /* need to copy part of a line */ 7746 j = end - 1 - i; 7747 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 7748 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 7749 j += line_count; 7750 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 7751 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 7752 else 7753 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 7754 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 7755 } 7756 else 7757 #endif 7758 { 7759 j = end - 1 - i; 7760 temp = LineOffset[j]; 7761 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 7762 { 7763 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 7764 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 7765 } 7766 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 7767 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 7768 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 7769 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 7770 else 7771 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 7772 } 7773 } 7774 7775 screen_stop_highlight(); 7776 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 7777 7778 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7779 /* redraw the characters */ 7780 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 7781 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 7782 else 7783 #endif 7784 if (type == USE_T_CAL) 7785 { 7786 term_append_lines(line_count); 7787 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7788 } 7789 else 7790 { 7791 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 7792 { 7793 if (type == USE_T_AL) 7794 { 7795 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 7796 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 7797 out_str(T_AL); 7798 } 7799 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 7800 out_str(T_SR); 7801 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7802 } 7803 } 7804 7805 /* 7806 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 7807 * have been scrolled down into the region. 7808 */ 7809 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 7810 { 7811 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 7812 { 7813 windgoto(off + i, 0); 7814 out_str(T_CE); 7815 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7816 } 7817 } 7818 7819 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7820 gui_can_update_cursor(); 7821 if (gui.in_use) 7822 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 7823 #endif 7824 return OK; 7825 } 7826 7827 /* 7828 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 7829 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 7830 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 7831 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 7832 * 7833 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 7834 */ 7835 /*ARGSUSED*/ 7836 int 7837 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) 7838 int off; 7839 int row; 7840 int line_count; 7841 int end; 7842 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 7843 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ 7844 { 7845 int j; 7846 int i; 7847 unsigned temp; 7848 int cursor_row; 7849 int cursor_end; 7850 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 7851 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 7852 int type; 7853 7854 /* 7855 * FAIL if 7856 * - there is no valid screen 7857 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 7858 * - the line count is less than one 7859 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 7860 */ 7861 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || 7862 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) 7863 return FAIL; 7864 7865 /* 7866 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 7867 */ 7868 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 7869 7870 /* 7871 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 7872 * available. 7873 */ 7874 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 7875 7876 /* 7877 * There are six ways to delete lines: 7878 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 7879 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 7880 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 7881 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 7882 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 7883 * none of the other ways work. 7884 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 7885 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 7886 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 7887 */ 7888 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7889 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 7890 type = USE_REDRAW; 7891 else 7892 #endif 7893 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 7894 type = USE_T_CD; 7895 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 7896 /* 7897 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 7898 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 7899 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 7900 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 7901 * the trick... 7902 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 7903 * (Olaf Seibert) 7904 */ 7905 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 7906 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 7907 #else 7908 else if (row == 0 && ( 7909 #ifndef AMIGA 7910 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 7911 * up, so use delete-line command */ 7912 line_count == 1 || 7913 #endif 7914 *T_CDL == NUL)) 7915 #endif 7916 type = USE_NL; 7917 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 7918 type = USE_T_CDL; 7919 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 7920 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7921 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) 7922 #endif 7923 ) 7924 type = USE_T_CE; 7925 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 7926 type = USE_T_DL; 7927 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 7928 type = USE_T_CDL; 7929 else 7930 return FAIL; 7931 7932 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 7933 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 7934 * not the full width of the screen. */ 7935 if (off + row > 0 7936 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7937 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 7938 # endif 7939 ) 7940 clip_clear_selection(); 7941 else 7942 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 7943 #endif 7944 7945 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7946 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 7947 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 7948 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 7949 #endif 7950 7951 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 7952 { 7953 cursor_row = row; 7954 cursor_end = end; 7955 } 7956 else 7957 { 7958 cursor_row = row + off; 7959 cursor_end = end + off; 7960 } 7961 7962 /* 7963 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 7964 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 7965 */ 7966 row += off; 7967 end += off; 7968 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 7969 { 7970 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7971 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 7972 { 7973 /* need to copy part of a line */ 7974 j = row + i; 7975 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 7976 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 7977 j -= line_count; 7978 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 7979 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 7980 else 7981 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 7982 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 7983 } 7984 else 7985 #endif 7986 { 7987 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 7988 j = row + i; 7989 temp = LineOffset[j]; 7990 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 7991 { 7992 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 7993 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 7994 } 7995 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 7996 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 7997 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 7998 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 7999 else 8000 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 8001 } 8002 } 8003 8004 screen_stop_highlight(); 8005 8006 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8007 /* redraw the characters */ 8008 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 8009 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 8010 else 8011 #endif 8012 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 8013 { 8014 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8015 out_str(T_CD); 8016 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8017 } 8018 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 8019 { 8020 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8021 term_delete_lines(line_count); 8022 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8023 } 8024 /* 8025 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 8026 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 8027 * last line. 8028 */ 8029 else if (type == USE_NL) 8030 { 8031 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 8032 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 8033 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 8034 } 8035 else 8036 { 8037 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 8038 { 8039 if (type == USE_T_DL) 8040 { 8041 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8042 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 8043 } 8044 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 8045 { 8046 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 8047 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 8048 } 8049 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8050 } 8051 } 8052 8053 /* 8054 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 8055 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 8056 */ 8057 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 8058 { 8059 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 8060 { 8061 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 8062 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 8063 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8064 } 8065 } 8066 8067 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8068 gui_can_update_cursor(); 8069 if (gui.in_use) 8070 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 8071 #endif 8072 8073 return OK; 8074 } 8075 8076 /* 8077 * show the current mode and ruler 8078 * 8079 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 8080 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 8081 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 8082 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 8083 */ 8084 int 8085 showmode() 8086 { 8087 int need_clear; 8088 int length = 0; 8089 int do_mode; 8090 int attr; 8091 int nwr_save; 8092 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8093 int sub_attr; 8094 #endif 8095 8096 do_mode = (p_smd && ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit 8097 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8098 || VIsual_active 8099 #endif 8100 )); 8101 if (do_mode || Recording) 8102 { 8103 /* 8104 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 8105 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 8106 * it takes a bit of time. 8107 */ 8108 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 8109 { 8110 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 8111 return 0; 8112 } 8113 8114 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 8115 8116 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 8117 check_for_delay(FALSE); 8118 8119 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 8120 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 8121 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 8122 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 8123 8124 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 8125 msg_pos_mode(); 8126 cursor_off(); 8127 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 8128 if (do_mode) 8129 { 8130 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 8131 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 8132 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable 8133 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM) 8134 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 8135 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 8136 # else 8137 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 8138 # endif 8139 #endif 8140 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 8141 if (gui.in_use) 8142 { 8143 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 8144 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ 8145 } 8146 #endif 8147 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8148 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 8149 { 8150 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 8151 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 8152 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 8153 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 8154 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 8155 if (length > 0) 8156 { 8157 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 8158 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 8159 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 8160 { 8161 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 8162 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 8163 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 8164 } 8165 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 8166 { 8167 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 8168 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 8169 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); 8170 else 8171 sub_attr = attr; 8172 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 8173 } 8174 } 8175 length = 0; 8176 } 8177 else 8178 #endif 8179 { 8180 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8181 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8182 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 8183 else 8184 #endif 8185 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8186 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 8187 else if (State & INSERT) 8188 { 8189 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8190 if (p_ri) 8191 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 8192 #endif 8193 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 8194 } 8195 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 8196 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 8197 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 8198 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 8199 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 8200 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 8201 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8202 if (p_hkmap) 8203 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 8204 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8205 if (p_fkmap) 8206 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 8207 # endif 8208 #endif 8209 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 8210 if (State & LANGMAP) 8211 { 8212 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 8213 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 8214 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 8215 else 8216 # endif 8217 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); 8218 } 8219 #endif 8220 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 8221 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 8222 8223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8224 if (VIsual_active) 8225 { 8226 char *p; 8227 8228 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 8229 * problems. */ 8230 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 8231 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 8232 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 8233 { 8234 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 8235 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 8236 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 8237 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 8238 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 8239 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 8240 } 8241 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 8242 } 8243 #endif 8244 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 8245 } 8246 need_clear = TRUE; 8247 } 8248 if (Recording 8249 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8250 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 8251 #endif 8252 ) 8253 { 8254 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 8255 need_clear = TRUE; 8256 } 8257 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 8258 msg_clr_eos(); 8259 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 8260 length = msg_col; 8261 msg_col = 0; 8262 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 8263 } 8264 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 8265 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 8266 msg_clr_cmdline(); 8267 8268 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8269 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8270 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 8271 if (VIsual_active) 8272 clear_showcmd(); 8273 # endif 8274 8275 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 8276 * message and must be redrawn */ 8277 if (redrawing() 8278 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8279 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 8280 # endif 8281 ) 8282 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 8283 #endif 8284 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 8285 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 8286 8287 return length; 8288 } 8289 8290 /* 8291 * Position for a mode message. 8292 */ 8293 static void 8294 msg_pos_mode() 8295 { 8296 msg_col = 0; 8297 msg_row = Rows - 1; 8298 } 8299 8300 /* 8301 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 8302 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 8303 */ 8304 void 8305 unshowmode(force) 8306 int force; 8307 { 8308 /* 8309 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or insided a mapping. 8310 */ 8311 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 8312 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 8313 else 8314 { 8315 msg_pos_mode(); 8316 if (Recording) 8317 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); 8318 msg_clr_eos(); 8319 } 8320 } 8321 8322 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 8323 /* 8324 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 8325 */ 8326 static int 8327 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) 8328 int *attr; 8329 int is_curwin; 8330 { 8331 int fill; 8332 if (is_curwin) 8333 { 8334 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); 8335 fill = fill_stl; 8336 } 8337 else 8338 { 8339 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); 8340 fill = fill_stlnc; 8341 } 8342 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 8343 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 8344 * current window */ 8345 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) 8346 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) 8347 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 8348 return fill; 8349 if (is_curwin) 8350 return '^'; 8351 return '='; 8352 } 8353 #endif 8354 8355 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8356 /* 8357 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 8358 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 8359 */ 8360 static int 8361 fillchar_vsep(attr) 8362 int *attr; 8363 { 8364 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); 8365 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 8366 return '|'; 8367 else 8368 return fill_vert; 8369 } 8370 #endif 8371 8372 /* 8373 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 8374 */ 8375 int 8376 redrawing() 8377 { 8378 return (!RedrawingDisabled 8379 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 8380 } 8381 8382 /* 8383 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 8384 */ 8385 int 8386 messaging() 8387 { 8388 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 8389 } 8390 8391 /* 8392 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 8393 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 8394 */ 8395 void 8396 showruler(always) 8397 int always; 8398 { 8399 if (!always && !redrawing()) 8400 return; 8401 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8402 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 8403 win_redr_custom(curwin, FALSE); 8404 else 8405 #endif 8406 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8407 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 8408 #endif 8409 8410 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 8411 if (need_maketitle 8412 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8413 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 8414 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 8415 # endif 8416 ) 8417 maketitle(); 8418 #endif 8419 } 8420 8421 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 8422 static void 8423 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) 8424 win_T *wp; 8425 int always; 8426 { 8427 char_u buffer[70]; 8428 int row; 8429 int fillchar; 8430 int attr; 8431 int empty_line = FALSE; 8432 colnr_T virtcol; 8433 int i; 8434 int o; 8435 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8436 int this_ru_col; 8437 int off = 0; 8438 int width = Columns; 8439 # define WITH_OFF(x) x 8440 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x 8441 #else 8442 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 8443 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns 8444 # define this_ru_col ru_col 8445 #endif 8446 8447 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 8448 if (!p_ru) 8449 return; 8450 8451 /* 8452 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 8453 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 8454 */ 8455 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 8456 return; 8457 8458 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8459 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 8460 * the (long) mode message. */ 8461 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8462 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 8463 # endif 8464 if (edit_submode != NULL) 8465 return; 8466 #endif 8467 8468 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8469 if (*p_ruf) 8470 { 8471 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 8472 return; 8473 } 8474 #endif 8475 8476 /* 8477 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 8478 */ 8479 if (!(State & INSERT) 8480 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 8481 empty_line = TRUE; 8482 8483 /* 8484 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 8485 */ 8486 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 8487 if ( redraw_cmdline 8488 || always 8489 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 8490 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 8491 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 8492 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8493 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 8494 #endif 8495 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 8496 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 8497 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 8498 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 8499 #endif 8500 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 8501 { 8502 cursor_off(); 8503 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8504 if (wp->w_status_height) 8505 { 8506 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 8507 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 8508 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8509 off = W_WINCOL(wp); 8510 width = W_WIDTH(wp); 8511 # endif 8512 } 8513 else 8514 #endif 8515 { 8516 row = Rows - 1; 8517 fillchar = ' '; 8518 attr = 0; 8519 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8520 width = Columns; 8521 off = 0; 8522 #endif 8523 } 8524 8525 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 8526 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 8527 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 8528 { 8529 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 8530 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 8531 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 8532 } 8533 8534 /* 8535 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 8536 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 8537 */ 8538 sprintf((char *)buffer, "%ld,", 8539 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 8540 ? 0L 8541 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 8542 col_print(buffer + STRLEN(buffer), 8543 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 8544 (int)virtcol + 1); 8545 8546 /* 8547 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 8548 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 8549 * screen up on some terminals). 8550 */ 8551 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 8552 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1); 8553 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 8554 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8555 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 8556 #endif 8557 ++o; 8558 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8559 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 8560 if (this_ru_col < 0) 8561 this_ru_col = 0; 8562 #endif 8563 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 8564 * half for the filename. */ 8565 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) 8566 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; 8567 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8568 { 8569 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8570 { 8571 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8572 if (has_mbyte) 8573 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 8574 else 8575 #endif 8576 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 8577 ++o; 8578 } 8579 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i); 8580 } 8581 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 8582 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8583 if (has_mbyte) 8584 { 8585 o = 0; 8586 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(buffer + i)) 8587 { 8588 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 8589 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8590 { 8591 buffer[i] = NUL; 8592 break; 8593 } 8594 } 8595 } 8596 else 8597 #endif 8598 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 8599 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; 8600 8601 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); 8602 i = redraw_cmdline; 8603 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 8604 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 8605 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), 8606 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 8607 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 8608 redraw_cmdline = i; 8609 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 8610 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 8611 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 8612 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 8613 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 8614 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 8615 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 8616 #endif 8617 } 8618 } 8619 #endif 8620 8621 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 8622 /* 8623 * Return the width of the 'number' column. 8624 * Zero when 'number' isn't set. 8625 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 8626 */ 8627 int 8628 number_width(wp) 8629 win_T *wp; 8630 { 8631 int n; 8632 linenr_T lnum; 8633 8634 if (!wp->w_p_nu) 8635 return 0; 8636 8637 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 8638 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) 8639 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 8640 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 8641 8642 n = 0; 8643 do 8644 { 8645 lnum /= 10; 8646 ++n; 8647 } while (lnum > 0); 8648 8649 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 8650 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 8651 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 8652 8653 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 8654 return n; 8655 } 8656 #endif 8657